sylabi

Sri Sivasubramaniya Nadar College of Engineering
(An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)
Regulation 2021
Curriculum and Syllabi for

B. Tech. Information Technology
SSN COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
(An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University
Chennai)
B.E./ B.Tech. Degree Program
Department of Information Technology

(R2021)
VISION of the Institute
To be a world class institution for technical education and scientific research for public good.
MISSION of the Institute
1. Make a positive difference to society through education.

2. Empower students from across socio economic strata.
3. Be a centre of excellence in education in emerging technologies in accordance with industry
and industrial trends.
4. Build world class research capabilities on par with the finest in the world and broaden
students’ horizons beyond classroom education.
5. Nurture talent and entrepreneurship and enable all-round personality development in
students.
VISION of the Department
To be an outstanding center for IT education and research for betterment of society.
MISSION of the Department
1. Impart sound knowledge of IT domains to the students.

2. Nurture students to contribute to dynamic industrial needs.
3. Empower faculty with the knowledge in the emerging areas of IT.
4. Promote sustained research to build information systems for the benefit of society
PROGRAM EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
Graduates of the B.Tech. Information Technology program will be able to
PEO1: Apply domain knowledge and skills of information technology to succeed in professional
careers and/or higher studies
PEO2: Design and implement hardware and/or software-related engineering projects applying the
principles and practices of computing, grounded in mathematics and science, to meet industrial &
societal demands and/or productively engage in research
PEO3: Function in multi-disciplinary teams, by creatively solving problems and communicating

effectively
PEO4: Contribute to society, by functioning ethically and responsibly, and involving in professional
and social activities for sustainable developments
PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)
PO1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.
PO2. Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyse complex
engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,
natural sciences, and engineering sciences.
PO3. Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and
design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration
for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.
PO4. Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research
methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the
information to provide valid conclusions.
PO5. Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern
engineering and IT tools including prediction and modelling to complex engineering activities with
an understanding of the limitations.
PO6. The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess
societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the
professional engineering practice.
PO7. Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering
solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for
sustainable development.
PO8. Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and
norms of the engineering practice.
PO9. Individual and teamwork: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader
in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.
PO10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write
effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear
instructions.
PO11. Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the
engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader
in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.
PO12. Life-long learning: Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in
independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.
PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)
PSO1: Understand, analyse, and design software intensive systems by applying knowledge of
mathematical and algorithmic techniques, solution processes and architectures, and integrating
modules that address larger social and professional concerns and are deployable in a production
environment.
PSO2: Design, develop and deploy smart software intensive solutions based on cumulative
knowledge acquired in thrust areas such as artificial intelligence, IoT, data analytics, cloud
computing and cyber security, and by selecting appropriate IT tools, to create sustainable and
scalable IT solutions to complex engineering problems.
PEOs Mapping with POS and PSOs
PEO/PO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2
PEO1
3 3 3 2 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3
PEO2
1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 2 2
PEO3
3 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1
PEO4
CO-PO-PSO Mapping
PO PSO
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
SEMESTER I
Technical English 2 3 2
Matrices and Calculus 3 3 1
Engineering Physics 3 2 1
Engineering Chemistry 3 2 1
Problem Solving and
2 2 2 1
Programming in Python
Engineering Graphics 3 2 2 2 3
Programming in Python
3 3 1 1 3 2
Lab
Physics and Chemistry
3
Lab
SEMESTER II
Complex Functions and
3 3 1
Laplace Transforms
Basic Electrical and
3 2 1 2 1 1 1 1
Electronics Engineering
Programming and Data
Structures (TCP - EFP) 2 2.14 1.66 2 2.5 3 1.5 1 2
Environmental Science
3 2 1
(Non-credit)
Physics for Information
Science and Technology
Design Thinking and
2 1 1 1 3
Engineering Practices Lab
SEMESTER III
Discrete Mathematics 2 1 1 1
Universal Human Values 2 1 1 1 2
Programming and Design
Patterns 2.2 2.2 1.6 1 1 1 1.66
Database Technology 3 2.75 2 1 1 1 2
Digital Logic and
Computer Organization 2 1 1 1
Introduction to Digital
Communication 2 1 1 1 2
Database Technology Lab 2 1.75 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 1
Programming and Design
Patterns Lab 1 1.6 1 2 1.8 1.6
SEMESTER IV
Probability and Statistics 2.5 2 1.66 1 2 3

Microprocessor and
Microcontroller 2.8 1.83 1.8 3 3 2 1.66 3
Indian Constitution
(Non-credit) 2.4 1.8 2 3 3 1 1
Advanced Data Structures
and Algorithm Analysis 2 1.2 1 1 1.6
Data Communication and
Networks 2.5 2 1.66 1 2 3
Automata Theory and
Compiler Design 2.8 1.83 1.8 3 3 2 1.66 3
PO PSO
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
Network Programming
Lab 2 1.33 2 1 1
Digital Systems and
Microprocessor Lab 3 2 1 1 2 2.6
SEMESTER V
Principles of Software
Engineering and Practices 1 1.4 1 1 3 1 1.5 1.33 2.4
Data Analytics and
Visualization 3 2.25 2 3 2 1 3 3 3 3
Principles of Operating
Systems 3 2 1 1 1
Artificial Intelligence 2.66 2 1.66 2.66 2
Software Development
Project - II 1.33 1.66 1.4 1.75 1 1.66 2.5 1.25 3 2.75 1.4
Operating Systems
Practices Lab 2.8 2.6 1.8 2 2.25 1.8 3
SEMESTER VI
Pattern Recognition and
Machine Learning 3 2 1.75 1 1 3 3 2 2.75 2.25
Web Programming 1.83 1.8 1 1 3 1 1 1.6 1.5
Internet of Things and C
programming 2.25 1.6 1 1.5 2 2 2 2 1.8 3
Mobile Application
Development Lab 3 2.33 1.66 3 2 1 1 2.33 2
SEMESTER VII
Network and
Communication Security 1.6 3 1.2 3 3 2.6 2
Cloud and Distributed
Computing 2 2 1 1 1.66 1 1 2
Industrial Training
/Internship* 3 2.5 2 2.6 3 3 3 3 1.71 3 3 3 2.6 3
Project Work – Phase 1 2 3 1.66 3 2 3 3 1 3 3 2.66 3 2.2
SEMESTER VIII
Project Phase II 3 2.5 2 2.6 3 3 3 3 1.71 3 3 3 2.6 3
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
Information Theory and
Applications 3 1.25 1 2
Optimization Techniques
for Machine Learning 2.75 1.5 1 1 2 2
Data Warehousing and
Data Mining 2 2.5 2.75 2.25 2.75 2
Cyber Security 1.25 2.25 1 2 1 1 2
Sensors and Actuators 2 2.25 1 1 2 1 1.5 2
Software Architecture and
Principles 1.66 2 2 1 2 1.5 1.5 1.25 2 1
Computer Graphics and
Multimedia 2 1 1 1.83 1 1
Electronic Devices and
Circuits 2.2 2 1 1 2 1 1
Signals, Systems and
Applications 3 1 1 1 2 1 1.25
Advanced Artificial
Intelligence Techniques 2.8 1.4 1 1.8 1.75 1.6 2
Business Analytics 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1.4 2
PO PSO
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
Software Quality
Assurance 1.33 1.4 1 1 1.25 1 1
Block Chain Technologies 3 2.5 2 1.5 2.33 2 2 2 1 2 2.25
Control Systems 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
Introduction to
AR/VR/MR/XR 3 1.66 1.5 2 1.66 2 2 2.33
Deep Learning Concepts
and Architectures 1.8 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2
Bio-inspired Optimization
Techniques 1.66 1 1 3 2 2 3
Big Data Management 2 1.5 1 1 1.5 1 1 2 2
Software Project
Management 1.8 1.33 1 1.66 1 1 1 2
Information Privacy 1.33 1.5 1.25 1 3 2 3 1.5 2.33
Software Defined
Networks 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Video: Editing,
Production, and
Cinematography 1 1.4 2 1.6 3 3 2 1 1
Natural Language
Processing 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
Image Processing and
Computer Vision 3 3 2 3 3 2.4 2
Healthcare Analytics 2 1.66 2 2 2 1 1.33 2
Microservices and
DevOps 1.2 2 1.8 1 1.6 1.4 1.5 2
Cyber Forensics and
Information Security 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 2
IOT Architectures and
Applications 2.2 2.4 1 2 3 1 2.2 1 1.8 3
3D Modeling, Rendering,
Animation, and Motion
Graphics 1 2 2 2 1
Text Analysis 2.66 2.6 3 3 2 2 2 3 2.33 2
Image and Video Analysis 3 3 2 3 3 2.4 2
Social Network Analysis 2 2 1 2 1 2 2
Full Stack Development 1.25 1.5 1.33 1 2.33 2.5 2.66
Ethical Hacking 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 2
Real Time Embedded
Systems 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
Emerging Technologies
for AR/VR/MR/XR 3 1.5 1.33 1.66 2.5 2 1 2 2.25
Reinforcement Learning 3 2 1.75 1 1 3 3 2 2.75 2.25
Speech Technology 3 2 1.66 2 3 1 3 3 2.5 2.5
Forensic Analytics 2 1.5 2 1 2 1 1.75 2
Human Computer
Interaction 1.6 1 1.6 1 1.2 1 1.6
FinTech Security 2 1 1 2 2.8 3 2 1 2
Mobile Autonomous
Robots 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
User Experience and
Interaction Design for
AR/VR/MR/XR 1.25 1.33 1 1 2.33 1 1.25
OPEN ELECTIVES
Fundamentals of AR and
VR 3 1.66 1.5 2 1.66 2 2 2.33
PO PSO
Course
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
Databases and
Applications
Development 2 1.5 1.33 2 2 1 1
Introduction to Artificial
Intelligence 2.2 1.8 1 1.5 1 2 2
Introduction to Data
Structures and Algorithms 2 1.75 1 2
Introduction to Object-
Oriented Programming
and Patterns 2 2.6 1.6 1 1
Introduction to Data
Science 2.8 1.2 1 2 1.25 1 1.6 2
Introduction to Cyber
Security 1.16 1.6 1 1.83 2 3 1.16 2
Introduction to Software
Engineering 1 1.4 1 1 3 1 1.4 1.25 2.5
IoT Architectures and
Programming 2.2 2 1.6 2.33 3 3 2 1 1 2.2 2.8
Introduction to Deep
Learning 2 1 2 2 1 2
Introduction to Machine
Learning 1.8 1 1 3 2 2 3
Web services and DevOps 1 2.33 1.4 1.8 1.4 1.5 1.33 1 1 1 2
Management I Electives
Principles of management 3 2 2 2 1
Total quality management 2 3 2 2 1 1 1
Work ethics, Corporate
social responsibility and 3 2 3 1 1 3 2
Governance
Humanities I Electives
Language and
Communication
2 3 2 1 1
Fundamentals of
Linguistics
2 3 2 1 1
Film Appreciation 2 3 2 1 1
Human relations at work 2 2 3 2 2 1 1
Application of
Psychology in everyday 2 2 3 2 2 1 1
life
Understanding Society
and Culture through 2 3 2 1 1
Literature
SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT GOALS (SDG)
SDG Description
SDG1 No Poverty End poverty in all its forms everywhere
End hunger, achieve food security and improved nutrition,
SDG 2 Zero Hunger
and promote sustainable agriculture
Good health and well Ensure healthy lives and promote well-being for all at all
SDG 3
being ages
Ensure inclusive and equitable quality education and
SDG 4 Quality education
promote lifelong learning opportunities for all
SDG 5 Gender Equality Achieve gender equality and empower all women and girls
Clean water and Ensure availability and sustainable management of water
SDG 6
sanitation and sanitation for all
Affordable and clean Ensure access to affordable, reliable, sustainable and
SDG 7
energy modern energy for all
Promote sustained, inclusive and sustainable economic
Decent work and
SDG 8 growth, full and productive employment and decent work
Economic Growth
for all
Industry, Innovation and Build resilient infrastructure, promote inclusive and
SDG 9
Infrastructure sustainable industrialization, and foster innovation
SDG 10 Reducing Inequality Reduce income inequality within and among countries
Sustainable cities and Make cities and human settlements inclusive, safe,
SDG 11
communities resilient, and sustainable
Responsible consumption Ensure sustainable consumption and production patterns
SDG 12
and production
Take urgent action to combat climate change and its
SDG 13 Climate action impacts by regulating emissions and promoting
developments in renewable energy
Conserve and sustainably use the oceans, seas and marine
SDG 14 Life below water
resources for sustainable development
Protect, restore and promote sustainable use of
terrestrial ecosystems, sustainably manage forests, combat
SDG 15 Life on Land
desertification, and halt and reverse land degradation and
halt biodiversity loss
Promote peaceful and inclusive societies for sustainable
Peace, justice and string
SDG 16 development, provide access to justice for all and build
Institutions
effective, accountable and inclusive institutions at all levels
Strengthen the means of implementation and revitalize the
SDG 17 Partnerships for the goals
global partnership for sustainable development
MAPPING OF SUBJECT RELEVANT TO SDG
Sustainable Development Goals
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Technical English ✓
Matrices and Calculus ✓
Engineering Physics ✓
Engineering Chemistry ✓
Problem Solving and ✓
Programming in
Python
Engineering Graphics ✓
Programming in ✓
Python Lab
Physics and Chemistry ✓
Lab
Complex Functions and ✓
Laplace Transforms
Basic Electrical and ✓
Electronics
Engineering
Programming and Data ✓
Structures (TCP - EFP)
Environmental Science ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
(Non-credit)
Physics for Information ✓
Science and
Technology
Design Thinking and ✓
Engineering Practices
Lab
Discrete Mathematics ✓
Universal Human ✓
✓ ✓
Values
Programming and ✓
Design Patterns
Database Technology ✓ ✓
Digital Logic and ✓
✓
Computer Organization
Introduction to Digital ✓
Communication
Database Technology ✓
✓
Lab
Programming and ✓ ✓
Design Patterns Lab
Probability and ✓
Statistics
Microprocessor and ✓ ✓
Microcontroller
Essence of Indian ✓
Traditional Knowledge
/ Indian Constitution
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Advanced Data ✓
Structures and ✓
Algorithm Analysis
Data Communication ✓
✓ ✓
and Networks
Automata Theory and ✓
✓
Compiler Design
Network Programming ✓
✓
Lab
Digital Systems and ✓
✓
Microprocessor Lab
Principles of Software ✓
Engineering and
Practices
Data Analytics and ✓
✓
Visualization
Principles of Operating ✓
Systems
Artificial Intelligence ✓ ✓ ✓
Software Development ✓
✓
Project – II
Operating Systems ✓
✓
Practices Lab
Pattern Recognition ✓
✓
and Machine Learning
Web Programming ✓
Internet of Things and ✓
✓
C programming
Mobile Application ✓
✓
Development Lab
Network and ✓
Communication ✓ ✓ ✓
Security
Cloud and Distributed ✓
✓ ✓
Computing
Industrial Training ✓
✓
/Internship*
Project Work – Phase 1 ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Project Phase II ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Information Theory ✓
✓
and Applications
Optimization ✓
Techniques for ✓ ✓
Machine Learning
Data Warehousing and ✓
✓ ✓
Data Mining
Cyber Security ✓ ✓ ✓
Sensors and Actuators ✓ ✓ ✓
Software Architecture ✓ ✓
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
and Principles
Computer Graphics and ✓
Multimedia
Electronic Devices and ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
Circuits
Signals, Systems and ✓
✓
Applications
Advanced Artificial ✓
Intelligence ✓
Techniques
Business Analytics ✓
Software Quality ✓
✓ ✓
Assurance
Block Chain ✓
✓ ✓
Technologies
Control Systems ✓ ✓ ✓
Introduction to ✓
✓
AR/VR/MR/XR
Deep Learning ✓
Concepts and ✓
Architectures
Bio-inspired ✓
Optimization
Techniques
Big Data Management ✓ ✓ ✓
Software Project ✓
Management
Information Privacy ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Software Defined ✓ ✓
Networks
Video: Editing, ✓
Production, and ✓
Cinematography
Natural Language ✓
✓
Processing
Image Processing and ✓
✓ ✓
Computer Vision
Healthcare Analytics ✓ ✓ ✓
Microservices and ✓
DevOps
Cyber Forensics and ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
Information Security
IOT Architectures and ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
Applications
3D Modeling, ✓
Rendering, Animation, ✓
and Motion Graphics
Text Analysis ✓
Image and Video ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
Analysis
Social Network ✓
✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Analysis
Full Stack ✓
✓
Development
Ethical Hacking ✓ ✓ ✓
Real Time Embedded ✓ ✓
✓
Systems
Emerging ✓ ✓
Technologies for ✓
AR/VR/MR/XR
Reinforcement ✓ ✓
✓
Learning
Speech Technology ✓ ✓
Forensic Analytics ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
Human Computer ✓ ✓
✓
Interaction
FinTech Security ✓ ✓ ✓
Mobile Autonomous ✓ ✓
✓
Robots
User Experience and ✓ ✓
Interaction Design for ✓
AR/VR/MR/XR
Language and ✓
✓
Communication
Fundamentals of ✓
✓
Linguistics
Film Appreciation
Human relations at ✓
✓ ✓ ✓
work
Application of ✓
Psychology in ✓
everyday life
Understanding Society ✓
and Culture through ✓
Literature
Principles of ✓ ✓ ✓
management
Total quality ✓ ✓ ✓
✓
management
Work ethics, Corporate ✓ ✓ ✓
social responsibility ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓
and Governance
I to VIII semesters Curriculum (Choice Based Credit System)
SEMESTER I
COURSE CONTACT
S. No. COURSE TITLE CATEGORY L T P C
CODE PERIODS EL
THEORY
1 UEN2176 Technical English HS 4 2 0 2 0 3
2 UMA2176 Matrices and Calculus BS 4 3 1 0 0 4
3 UPH2176 Engineering Physics BS 3 3 0 0 0 3
Engineering
4 UCY2176 BS 3 3 0 0 0 3
Chemistry
Problem Solving and
5 UGE2176 Programming in ES 3 3 0 0 0 3
Python
6 UGE2177 Engineering Graphics ES 5 1 0 4 0 3
PRACTICALS
Programming in
7 UGE2197 ES 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Python Lab
Physics and Chemistry
8 UGS2197 BS 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Lab
TOTAL 28 15 1 12 0 22
SEMESTER II
COURSE CONTACT
S.No. COURSE TITLE CATEGORY L T P C
CODE PERIODS EL
THEORY
Complex Functions
1 UMA2276 and Laplace BS 4 3 1 0 0 4
Transforms
Basic Electrical and
2 UEE2276 Electronics ES 3 3 0 0 0 3
Engineering
Programming and
3 UIT2201 ES 5 3 0 2 0 4
Data Structures
Environmental
4 ACY2276 MC* 3 3 0 0 0 0
Science
5 Humanities I Elective HS 4 2 0 2 0 3
Physics for
6 UPH2251 Information Science BS 3 3 0 0 0 3
and Technology
PRACTICALS
Design Thinking and
7 UGE2297 Engineering Practices ES 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Lab
8 UIT2211 ES 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Project – I
TOTAL 28 17 1 10 0 20
*Non credit
SEMESTER III
COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS EL
THEORY
1 UMA2377 Discrete Mathematics BS 4 3 1 0 0 4
Universal Human
Values 2:
2 UHS2376 HS 4 2 0 2 0 3
Understanding
Harmony
Programming and
3 UIT2301 ES 3 3 0 0 0 3
Design Patterns
4 UIT2302 Database Technology PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Digital Logic and
5 UIT2304 PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Computer Organization
Introduction to Digital
6 UIT2305 ES 3 3 0 0 0 3
Communication
PRACTICALS
Database Technology
7 UIT2311 PC 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Lab
Programming and
8 UIT2312 ES 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Design Patterns Lab
TOTAL 26 17 1 8 0 22
SEMESTER IV
COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS EL
THEORY
Probability and
1 UMA2476 BS 4 3 1 0 0 4
Statistics
Microprocessor and
2 UIT2401 PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Microcontroller
3 AHS2476 Indian Constitution MC* 3 3 0 0 0 0
Advanced Data
4 UIT2402 Structures and PC 8 3 0 2 3 5
Algorithm Analysis
Data Communication
5 UIT2403 PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
and Networks
Automata Theory and
6 UIT2404 PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Compiler Design
PRACTICALS
Network Programming
7 UIT2411 PC 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Lab
Digital Systems and
8 UIT2412 PC 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Microprocessor Lab
TOTAL 30 18 1 8 3 21
*Non credit
SEMESTER V
S. COURSE CONTACT
COURSE TITLE CATEGORY L T P EL C
No. CODE PERIODS
THEORY
Principles of Software
1 UIT2501 Engineering and PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Practices
Data Analytics and
2 UIT2502 PC 5 3 0 2 0 4
Visualization
Principles of Operating
3 UIT2503 PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Systems
4 UIT2504 Artificial Intelligence PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective I PE 3 3 0 0 0 3
6 Management Elective HS 3 3 0 0 0 3
PRACTICALS
7 UIT2511 PC 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Project – II
Operating Systems
8 UIT2512 PC 3 0 0 3 0 1.5
Practices Lab
TOTAL 26 18 0 8 0 22
SEMESTER VI
S. COURSE CONTACT
No. COURSE TITLE CATEGORY L T P EL C
CODE PERIODS
THEORY
Pattern Recognition
1 UIT2601 PC 5 3 0 2 0 4
and Machine Learning
2 UIT2602 Web Programming PC 8 3 0 2 3 5
UIT2603 Internet of Things and
3 PC 5 3 0 2 0 4
C programming
4 Professional Elective II PE 3 3 0 0 0 3
5 Open Elective I OE 3 3 0 0 0 3
PRACTICALS
Mobile Application
6 UIT2611 PC 4 0 0 4 0 2
Development Lab
TOTAL 28 15 0 10 3 21
SEMESTER VII
S. COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS
THEORY
Network and
1 UIT2701 Communication PC 3 3 0 0 0 3
Security
Cloud and Distributed
2 UIT2702 PC 4 2 0 2 0 3
Computing
3 Professional Elective III PE 3 3 0 0 0 3
4 Professional Elective IV PE 3 3 0 0 0 3
5 Professional Elective V PE 3 3 0 0 0 3
PRACTICALS
7 UIT2718 Project Work – Phase 1 EEC 9 0 0 0 9 3
Industrial Training
8 UIT2716 EEC 0 0 0 0 0 2
/Internship*
TOTAL 25 14 0 2 9 20
* The students will undergo 4 weeks Industrial training / Internship during previous vacation.
SEMESTER VIII
S. COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS
THEORY
1 Professional Elective VI PE 3 3 0 0 0 3
`2 Open Elective II OE 3 3 0 0 0 3
PRACTICALS
3 UIT2818 Project Work – Phase 2 EEC 24 0 0 0 24 8
TOTAL 30 6 0 0 24 14
Total No of Credits: 162

Summary
Semester HS BS ES PC PE OE EEC MC* TOTAL
I 3 11.5 7.5 22
II 3 7 10 0 20
III 3 4 7.5 7.5 22
IV 4 17 0 21
V 3 16 3 22
VI 15 3 3 21
VII 6 9 5 20
VIII 3 3 8 14
Total SSN-R2021 12 26.5 25 61.5 18 6 13 0 162
*Non credit
HSMC – Electives –Humanities I (II semester)
COURSE CONTACT
S. No. COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE PERIODS
1 UEN2241 Language and Communication 3 3 0 0 3
2 UHS2244 Fundamentals of Linguistics 3 3 0 0 3
3 UEN2244 Film Appreciation 3 3 0 0 3
4 UHS2241 Human relations at work 3 3 0 0 3
Application of Psychology in everyday
5 UHS2245 3 3 0 0 3
life
Understanding Society and Culture
6 UHS2242 3 3 0 0 3
through Literature
HSMC – Electives –Management (V semester)
S. COURSE CONTACT
No. COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE PERIODS
1 UBA2541 Principles of Management 3 3 0 0 3
2 UBA2542 Total quality Management 3 3 0 0 3
Work Ethics, Corporate Social
3 UBA2543 3 3 0 0 3
Responsibility, and Governance
Professional Elective I (V semester)
S. CONTACT
No. COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T P C
PERIODS
1 UIT2521 Information Theory and Applications 3 3 0 0 3
UIT2522 Optimization Techniques for
2 3 3 0 0 3
Machine Learning
3 UIT2523 Data Warehousing and Data Mining 3 3 0 0 3
4 UIT2524 Cyber Security 3 3 0 0 3
5 UIT2525 Sensors and Actuators 3 3 0 0 3
6 UIT2526 Software Architecture and Principles 3 3 0 0 3
7 UIT2527 Computer Graphics and Multimedia 4 2 0 2 3
8 UEE2303 Electronic Devices and Circuits 3 3 0 0 3
Professional Elective II (VI semester)
S. COURSE CONTACT
No. COURSE TITLE L T P C
CODE PERIODS
Signals, Systems and
1 UIT2621 3 3 0 0 3
Applications
Advanced Artificial Intelligence
2 UIT2622 4 2 0 2 3
Techniques
3 UIT2623 Business Analytics 4 2 0 2 3
4 UIT2624 Software Quality Assurance 3 3 0 0 3
5 UIT2625 Block Chain Technologies 3 3 0 0 3
6 UIT2626 Control Systems 3 3 0 0 3
7 UIT2627 Introduction to AR/VR/MR/XR 3 3 0 0 3
Professional Elective III (VII semester)
COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS
Deep Learning Concepts and
1 UIT2721 4 2 0 2 3
Architectures
Bio-inspired Optimization
2 UIT2722 4 2 0 2 3
Techniques
3 UIT2723 Big Data Management 4 2 0 2 3
4 UIT2724 Software Project Management 3 3 0 0 3
5 UIT2725 Information Privacy 3 3 0 0 3
6 UIT2726 Software Defined Networks 3 3 0 0 3
Video: Editing, Production, and
7 UIT2727 4 2 0 2 3
Cinematography
Professional Elective IV (VII semester)
COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS
1 UIT2728 Natural Language Processing 4 2 0 2 3
Image Processing and Computer
2 UIT2729 4 2 0 2 3
Vision
3 UIT2731 Healthcare Analytics 4 2 0 2 3
4 UIT2732 Microservices and DevOps 4 2 0 2 3
Cyber Forensics and Information
5 UIT2733 4 2 0 2 3
Security
6 UIT2734 IOT Architectures and Applications 4 2 0 2 3
3D Modeling, Rendering,
7 UIT2735 4 2 0 2 3
Animation, and Motion Graphics
Professional Elective V (VII semester)
COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS
1 UIT2736 Text Analysis 4 2 0 2 3
2 UIT2737 Image and Video Analysis 4 2 0 2 3
3 UIT2738 Social Network Analysis 4 2 0 2 3
4 UIT2739 Full Stack Development 4 2 0 2 3
5 UIT2741 Ethical Hacking 4 2 0 2 3
6 UIT2742 Real Time Embedded Systems 4 2 0 2 3
Emerging Technologies for
7 UIT2743 4 2 0 2 3
AR/VR/MR/XR
Professional Elective VI (VIII semester)

COURSE CONTACT
CODE PERIODS
1 UIT2821 Reinforcement Learning 4 2 0 2 3
2 UIT2822 Speech Technology 4 2 0 2 3
3 UIT2823 Forensic Analytics 4 2 0 2 3
4 UIT2824 Human Computer Interaction 4 2 0 2 3
5 UIT2825 FinTech Security 4 2 0 2 3
6 UIT2826 Mobile Autonomous Robots 4 2 0 2 3
User Experience and Interaction
7 UIT2827 4 2 0 2 3
Design for AR/VR/MR/XR
Appendix: Elective Baskets
I. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning

(This will be offered as Honours Track as well)
1) Information Theory and Applications
2) Optimization Techniques for Machine Learning
3) Digital Signal Processing
4) Advanced Artificial Intelligence Techniques
5) Bio-inspired Optimization Techniques
6) Deep Learning Concepts and Architectures
7) Natural Language Processing
8) Text Analysis
9) Image Processing and Computer Vision
10) Image and Video Analysis
11) Reinforcement Learning
12) Speech Processing and Synthesis
II. Internet of Things

1) Electronic Devices and Circuits
2) Sensors and Actuators
3) Control Systems
4) Software Defined Networks
5) IoT Architectures and Programming
6) Real-time Embedded Systems
7) Mobile Autonomous Robots
III. Data Management and Analysis

1) Data Warehousing and Data Mining
2) Business Analytics
3) Big Data Management
4) Healthcare Analytics
5) Social Network Analysis
6) Forensic Analytics
IV. Engineering Scalable Systems

1) Software Architecture
2) Software Quality Assurance
3) Software Project Management
4) Microservices and DevOps
5) Full Stack Development
6) Human Computer Interaction
V. Information Security
1) Cyber Security
2) Block Chain Technologies
3) Information Privacy
4) Cyber Forensics and Information Security
5) Ethical Hacking
6) Fintech Security
VI. Augmented/Virtual/Mixed/Extended Reality

1) Computer Graphics and Multimedia
2) Introduction to AR/VR/MR/XR
3) Video: Editing, Production, and Cinematography
4) 3D Modeling, Rendering, Animation, and Motion Graphics
5) Emerging Technologies for AR/VR/MR/XR
6) User Experience and Interaction Design for AR/VR/MR/XR
COURSECODE COURSETITLE L T P C
UEN2176 TECHNICAL ENGLISH 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To enhance competence in reading comprehension for Science and Technology.

• To improve the writing proficiency specific to proposals, reports, and letters.
• To develop speaking skills for technical presentations, GDs and public speaking.
• Tostrengthenthelisteningskillsofthestudentstoenablethemtolistenandcomprehendlecturesan
dtalks.
• To strengthen the grammatical competency
UNIT 1 BASICS OF COMMUNICATION 9

Language development: Subject-Verb Agreement, Tenses(simple), Conjunctions,
Numerical adjective
Vocabulary development: Root words–Prefixes &Suffixes, Standard abbreviations
Reading: Comprehension of short technical texts-skimming and
scanning,
Writing: Describing an object, the process of an event/experiment and
others, Paragraph Writing.
Listening: Listening for taking notes and seeking clarifications
(classroom lectures/tedtalks etc.),
Speaking: Self-introduction and introducing others/short conversations
informal and i n f o r m al contexts
UNIT 2 MAKING PRESENTATIONS 9

Language development: The pronouns-antecedent agreement, Tenses-continuous, If
conditionals, Adverbs
Vocabulary development: Collocations and fixed expressions, Avoidance of Jargons
Reading: Comprehension of longer texts–(Interpretative and Critical levels

of meaning),
Writing: Writing definitions (single sentence and extended),
Expository and Persuasive Essays,
Listening: Listening Comprehension Tasks,
Speaking: Making technical presentations
UNIT 3 LISTENING TO SPEAK 9

Language development: Prepositions, Tenses-perfect, Articles, Embedded sentences,
Vocabulary development: Compound words, Formal and informal vocabulary,

Reading: Reading reviews, advertisements, SOPs for higher studies
Writing: Writinginstructionandrecommendations,formalandinform
alletters/emails,Writing SOPs
Listening: Listening to longer technical talks and discussion
Speaking: Demonstrating working mechanisms

UNIT 4 READING FOR SPEAKING 9
Language development: Reported speech, Active and Passive voices, Framing ‘Wh’ and
‘Yes’ or ‘No’ questions,
Vocabulary development: Technical vocabulary, Verbal analogies,
Reading: Reading industrial case studies, interpreting technical text and
making notes
Writing: Interpreting charts and graphs, writing blogs and vlogs
Listening: Listening to telephonic conversations and online interviews
Speaking: Participating in group discussions
UNIT5 PROFESSIONAL NEEDS 9

Language development: Phrasal verbs, clauses, compound and complex sentences
Vocabulary development: Single-word substitutes, Vocabulary retention strategies,

Reading: Reading for IELTS, GER, TOEFL
Writing: Writing proposals and- reports, writing minutes of the
meeting,
Listening: Listening Skills for Proficiency Tests like IELTS
Speaking: Job Interviews (face to face and online)–basics
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXTBOOK:
• Praveen Sam,D.and Shoba N,A., Course in Technical English, Cambridge University

Press, NewDelhi,2020.
REFERENCES:
• Sudharshana, N.P., and Saveetha, C., English for Technical Communication, Cambridge
University Press, New Delhi,2016.
• Raman, Meenakshi, Sharma, and Sangeetha, Technical Communication Principles and
practice, Oxford University Press, New Delhi,2014.
• Kumar, Suresh,E.,EngineeringEnglish,OrientBlackswan,Hyderabad,2015.
• BoothL. Diana, Project Work, Oxford University Press,2014.
• Grussendorf, Marion, English for Presentations, Oxford UniversityPress,2007.
• Means,L.Thomas and Elaine Langlois, English & Communication For + Colleges, Cengage
Learning, USA, 2007.
COURSEOUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, students will be able,
CO 1: To read and comprehend texts (technical)effectively.

CO 2: To write proposals, reports, emails, letters, SOPs meeting professional expectations.
CO 3: To Improve Vocabulary (use of right collocations, idioms and phrases etc).
CO 4: To enhance their grammatical competency for writing and speaking.
CO 5: To improve their ability to listen and comprehend at deeper levels.
COs POs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2
CO2 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2
CO3 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2
CO4 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2
CO5 - - - - - - - - 2 3 - 2
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T P C

MATRICESAND CALCULUS
UMA 2176 3 1 0 4
(Common to all B.E./B. Tech. degree programs)
OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the student to

• To reduce quadratic form to canonical form of a matrix and identify its nature
• To analyse the convergence of infinite series
• To study the concept of evolute and envelope
• To find the extreme values for a function of two variables
• To compute area of closed surface and volume of solids using multiple integrals
UNIT I MATRICES 12
Characteristic equation - Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of a real matrix – Properties of eigenvalues and
eigenvectors, Cayley-Hamilton Theorem – statement and applications, Diagonalization of matrices –
Similarity transformation - Quadratic form - Reduction of a quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal
transformation – Nature of quadratic forms.
UNIT II SEQUENCES AND SERIES 12

Sequences - Definition and examples, Series - Types of Convergence, Series of positive terms, Tests of
convergence - Comparison test, Integral test and D’Alembert’s ratio test, Alternating series – Leibnitz’s test,
Series of positive and negative terms, Absolute and conditional convergence.
UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 12

Curvature, radius of curvature - Cartesian and parametric co-ordinates – Centre of curvature – Circle of
curvature in Cartesian form, Evolutes, Envelopes (including two parameter family), Evolute as envelope of
normal.
UNIT IV FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 12

Partial derivatives – Total derivative – Differentiation of implicit functions – Jacobian and its properties –
Taylor’s series for functions of two variables – Maxima and minima of functions of two variables –
Lagrange’s method of undetermined multipliers.
UNIT V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12

Double integrals in Cartesian and polar coordinates – Change of order of integration, Area enclosed by plane
curves – Change of variables in double integrals, Triple integrals.
TOTAL HOURS: 60
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Grewal B.S, Higher Engineering Mathematics, Khanna Publishers, 44th Edition, 2018.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 10th Edition, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Bali N. P and Manish Goyal, “A Text book of Engineering Mathematics”, Ninth Edition, Laxmi
Publications Pvt Ltd., 2016.
2. James Stewart, Calculus: Early Transcendental, Cengage Learning, New Delhi, 7th Edition, 2013.
3. Dass, H.K., and Er. Rajnish Verma,” Higher Engineering Mathematics”, S. Chand Private Ltd., 2011.
4. Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University Press, 2015.
COURSE OUTCOMES
On successful completion of this course, the student will able to
CO1: Reduce quadratic form to canonical form by orthogonal transformation and identify
the nature of the quadratic form
CO2: Analyse the convergence of a given infinite series
CO3: Find evolute of a given curve and envelope of family of curves
CO4: Find the extrema of function of two variables
CO5: Evaluate the double and triple integrals
CO6: Application of extreme points of functions and multiple integrals in engineering
Problems
CO – PO Mapping
COs/POs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2
CO6 3 2 1
COURSECODE COURSE TITLE L T P C
UPH 2176 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

3 0 0 3
(Common to all B.E./B.Tech. programs)
OBJECTIVES:
Enable the students to
• Comprehend and identify different crystal structures and their imperfections.
• Explain the elastic and thermal properties of materials and understand their significance.
• Develop an understanding of quantum mechanical phenomena and their applications.
• Provide an overview of the characteristics of sound, architectural acoustics and the
production, detection and applications of ultrasound.
• Explain the origin of laser action, production of laser, fiber optics and their applications.
UNIT I CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9

Single crystalline, polycrystalline and amorphous materials– single crystals - Lattice – Unit cell – Bravais
lattice – Lattice planes – Miller indices – d spacing in cubic lattice – Calculation of number of atoms per unit
cell – Atomic radius – Coordination number – Packing factor for SC, BCC, FCC and HCP structures –
Diamond and graphite structures (qualitative treatment) - Crystal Imperfections – Point, line (Edge and Screw
dislocations –Burger vectors) Surface (stacking faults) and Volume defects.
UNIT II PROPERTIES OF MATTER AND THERMAL PHYSICS 9
Properties of matter: Elasticity- Hooke’s law - Relationship between three moduli of elasticity– stress -strain
diagram– Poisson’s ratio –Factors affecting elasticity– Torsional stress & deformations – Twisting couple –
Torsion pendulum - theory and experiment–bending of beams-bending moment– cantilever: theory and
experiment–uniform and non-uniform bending: theory and experiment-I-shaped girders.
Thermal Physics: Modes of heat transfer – thermal conduction, convection and radiation – Newton’s law of
cooling - thermal conductivity- Lee’s disc method for bad conductor – Radial heat flow – Rubber tube method
– conduction through compound media (series and parallel) – Formation of ice on ponds.
UNIT III ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS 9

Acoustics: Classification and characteristics of Sound - decibel - Weber–Fechner law – Sabine’s formula -
derivation using growth and decay method ––factors affecting acoustics of buildings and their remedies -
Methods of determination of Absorption Coefficient. Ultrasonics: Production of ultrasonics by
Magnetostriction and piezoelectric methods – acoustic grating -Non Destructive Testing – pulse echo system
through transmission and reflection modes - A, B and C – scan displays.
UNIT IV QUANTUM PHYSICS 9

Black body radiation – Planck’s theory (derivation) – Deduction of Wien’s displacement law and Rayleigh –
Jeans’ Law from Planck’s theory – Compton Effect. Theory and experimental verification – Properties of
Matter waves – wave particle duality - Schrödinger’s wave equation – Time independent and time dependent
equations – Physical significance of wave function – Particle in a one dimensional box and extension to three
dimensional box – Degeneracy of electron energy states - Scanning electron microscope - Transmission
electron microscope.
UNIT V PHOTONICS AND FIBRE OPTICS 9

Photonics: Spontaneous and stimulated emission- Population inversion -Einstein’s A and Bcoefficients –
Conditions for Laser action - Types of lasers – Nd: YAG, & CO2 lasers-Basics of diode lasers-Industrial and
Medical Applications. Fibre optics: Principle and propagation of light in optical fibres – Numerical aperture
and Acceptance angle - Types of optical fibres (material, refractive index, mode) –Losses in fibers -
attenuation, dispersion, bending - Fibre Optical Communication system (Block diagram) - Active and passive
fibre sensors. - pressure and displacement.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Gaur, R.K., and Gupta, S.L., Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers, 2012.
2. Serway, R.A., & Jewett, J.W., Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Cengage Learning, 2010.
REFERENCES:
1. Halliday, D., Resnick, R. & Walker, J. Principles of Physics, Wiley, 2015.
2. Tipler, P.A. & Mosca, G. Physics for Scientists and Engineers with Modern Physics, WH
Freeman, 2007.
3. Avadhanulu, M. N., Kshirsagar, P. G, A textbook of Engineering Physics, S. Chand &
Co. Ltd., Ninth Revised Edition, 2012.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
CO1: Analyze crystal structures and the influence of imperfections on their properties.
CO2: Demonstrate and explain the general concepts of elastic and thermal properties of materials.
CO3: Explain quantum mechanical theories to correlate with experimental results and their
applications to material diagnostics.
CO4: Analyze the applications of acoustics and ultrasonics to engineering and medical disciplines.
CO5: Elucidate the principle and working of lasers and optical fibers, and their applications in the
field of industry, medicine and telecommunication.
CO-PO Mapping:
Course Code & Name: PO’s

UPH 2176 ENGINEERING PHYSICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Analyze crystal structures and the

CO1 influence of imperfections on their 3 2 1 1 - 2 - - 2 - -
properties.
Demonstrate and explain the general
concepts of elastic and thermal
CO2 3 2 1 1 - 2 - - 2 - -
properties of materials.
Explain quantum mechanical theories

to correlate with experimental results
CO3 and their applications to material 3 2 1 1 - 2 - - 2 - -
diagnostics.
Analyze the applications of acoustics

and ultrasonics to engineering and
CO4 medical disciplines 3 2 1 1 - 2 - - 2 - -
Elucidate the principle and working of

lasers and optical fibers, and their
CO5 applications in the field of industry, 3 2 1 1 - 2 - - 2 - -
medicine and telecommunication
UCY 2176 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY 3 0 0 3

(Common to all B.E./B. Tech degree Programs)
OBJECTIVES:
• To impart knowledge to the students on the basic concepts of chemistry and properties of materials for
various engineering applications
UNIT I ATOMIC AND MOLECULAR NANO CHEMISTRY 9

Atoms- Atomic orbitals, Molecules- Molecular orbitals. Nanoparticles and its uniqueness. Distinction
between molecules, nanoparticles and bulk materials. Classification of nanoparticles. Size dependent
Properties-Thermal, Optical, Chemical, Electronic and Mechanical. Synthesis of nanomaterials - bottom-up
and top-down approaches-Techniques- Colloidal, hydrothermal, electrodeposition, chemical vapour
deposition, laser ablation. Objectives of surface modification of nanoparticles. Synthesis and applications -
Carbon Nano Tubes (CNT) - Gold nanoparticle
UNIT II ELECTROCHEMISTRY 9
Conductivity of electrolytes - factors influencing conductivity- Conductometric titration and its applications
-estimation of strong acid, estimation of mixture of strong and weak acids and estimation of BaCl 2.
Electrochemical cell-redox reaction-origin of electrode potential, Types of electrodes, Measurement of
electrode potential and emf of the electrochemical cell -reference electrode- saturated calomel electrode and
Ag/AgCl electrode - Ion selective electrode-glass electrode measurement of pH –Potentiometric titrations-
estimation of ferrous ion and estimation of strong acid. Problems based on all the above concepts.
UNIT III CORROSION AND ITS CONTROL 9
Corrosion-Definition-Classification of corrosion-Chemical corrosion – Pilling – Bedworth rule –
electrochemical corrosion – different types – galvanic corrosion – differential aeration corrosion – factors
influencing corrosion – corrosion control – selection of materials - sacrificial anode and impressed current
cathodic methods – corrosion inhibitors – protective coatings – paints – constituents and functions – metallic
coatings – electroplating (Au) and electroless (Ni) plating.
UNIT IV PHASE EQUILIBRIA 9

Phase Rule - Definition and explanation of terms involved with suitable examples- Phase – Components –
Degrees of Freedom –Applications and limitations of Phase Rule, One component system - H2O Two
component systems – Construction of phase diagram by Thermal Analysis (or) Cooling curves – Condensed
Phase Rule - Simple eutectic systems: Pb-Ag system – System with congruent melting point: Zn-Mg – System
with incongruent melting point: Ni-Cd
UNIT V SYNTHESIS AND APPLICATIONS OF INDUSTRIAL POLYMERS 9

Polymers and Polymerization: definition, classification - types of polymerization: addition and condensation
–mechanism of addition polymerization (cationic, anionic, free radical and coordination polymerization)-
Properties: Glass Transition temperature, Average Molecular weight and its determination by viscosity
method. Polymer composites (fibre reinforced plastics)-preparation, properties and application of engineering
plastics Epoxy resin, Polyurethans, Nylon 6:6, Polycarbonate, PS, PVC and PET
TOTALHOURS: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Engineering Chemistry’ by Jain P.C. and Monika Jain, Dhanpat Rai Publishing Company (P) Ltd,
New Delhi, 2015
2. Engineering Chemistry by S.S.Dara, S.Chand & Co.Ltd, New Delhi ,2011
. REFERENCES:
1. T. Pradeep- NANO: The Essentials: Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology, McGraw Hill
Education; 2017(1st edition)
2. Gurdeep Raj, Phase Rule, GOEL Publishing House, Meerut, 2011.
3. R. Gopalan, K. Rangarajan, P.S. Subramanian. “Elements of Analytical Chemistry” Sultan Chand &
Sons,2003.
4. F.W. Billmayer, Textbook of Polymer Science, 3rd Edison, Wiley. N.Y. 1991.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to demonstrate understanding on:
CO1-The unique properties of nanoparticles and their applications
CO2 -The principles of electrochemistry and its application for quantitative analysis
CO3-The various types of corrosion under normal to severe corrosive environments and
their control measures
CO4 -Construction of phase diagram and its application to analyse simple eutectic
Systems
CO5 - The synthesis, properties and applications of important industrial polymers
CO-PO Mapping:
UCY 2176 ENGINEERING CHEMISTRY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
The unique properties of nanoparticles

CO1 and their applications 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
The principles of electrochemistry and

CO2 its application for quantitative analysis 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - -
The various types of corrosion under

CO3 normal to severe corrosive environments 3 2 1 - - - - - -
and their control measures
Construction of phase diagram and its

CO4 application to analyse simple eutectic 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
systems
The synthesis, properties and applications

CO5 of important industrial polymers 3 2 1 - - - - - - - -
UGE 2176 PROBLEM SOLVING AND PROGRAMMING IN 3 0 0 3

PYTHON
OBJECTIVES:
• To learn algorithmic problem-solving techniques.
• To learn the fundamentals of python programming.
• To compose programs in Python using conditions, iterations and decompose a problem into functions
• To construct programs in Python sequenced data type.
• To develop python programs using advanced constructs like dictionaries and files.
UNIT I ALGORITHMIC PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Logical and Algorithmic Thinking: Logical Thinking – Algorithmic Thinking; Problem Solving and
Decomposition: Defining the Problem – Devising the Solution – Decomposition; Effective building blocks:
Basic Algorithmic Constructs (pseudo code, flow chart, programming language) – Program State.
UNIT II DATA, EXPRESSION, STATEMENT, CONDITIONAL 9
Data and types: int, float, boolean, string, list; variables, expressions, statements, simultaneous assignment,
precedence of operators; comments; in-built modules and functions; Conditional: boolean values and
operators, conditional (if), alternative (if-else), case analysis (if-elif-else).
UNIT III ITERATION, FUNCTION, STRINGS 9
Iteration: while, for, break, continue, pass; Functions: function definition, function call, flow of execution,
parameters and arguments, return values, local and global scope, recursion; Strings: string slices,
immutability, string functions and methods, string module.
UNIT IV LISTS, TUPLES 9
Lists: list operations, list slices, list methods, list loop, mutability, aliasing, cloning lists, list parameters, nested
lists, list comprehension; Tuples: tuple assignment, tuple as return value, tuple operations.
UNIT V DICTIONARIES, FILES 9
Dictionaries: operations and methods, looping and dictionaries, reverse lookup, dictionaries and lists; Files:
Text files, reading and writing files, format operator, file names and paths; command line arguments.
TOTAL HOURS:45
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO 1: Solve programming problems and express solutions in pseudo code.
CO 2: Develop simple programs using basic constructs.
CO 3: Construct programs using conditions and iterations decompose a problem into functions.
CO 4: Make use of strings, lists, tuples and dictionaries data structures.
CO 5: Perform Input/Output Operations using files.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Karl Beecher, ``Computational Thinking – A beginner's Guide to Problem Solving and
Programming'', British Computer Society (BCS), 2017.
2. Allen B. Downey, ``Think Python: How to Think Like a Computer Scientist'', 2nd edition, Green Tea
Press, Shroff/O'Reilly Publishers, 2015 (http://greenteapress.com/wp/think-python/)
REFERENCES:
1. John V Guttag, `Ìntroduction to Computation and Programming Using Python'', 3rd edition, MIT
Press, 2021.
2. Ashok Namdev Kamthane, Amit Ashok Kamthane, ``Programming and Problem Solving with
Python'', McGraw Hill Education (India) Private Limited, 2018.
3. Robert Sedgewick, Kevin Wayne, Robert Dondero, `Ìntroduction to Programming in Python: An
Inter-disciplinary Approach'', Pearson India Education Services Pvt. Ltd., 2016.
4. Timothy A. Budd, `Èxploring Python'', Mc-Graw Hill Education (India) Private Ltd., 2015.
5. Kenneth A. Lambert, ``Fundamentals of Python: First Programs'', 2nd Edition, CENGAGE Learning,
2018.
CO-PO Mapping:
UGE 2176 PO’s
PROBLEM SOLVING AND
PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Solve programming problems and express

CO1 solutions in pseudo code. 2 1 - - - - - - - - - -
Develop simple programs using basic

CO2 constructs 2 2 - -- - - - - - - - -
Construct programs using conditions and

CO3 iterations decompose a problem into 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
functions.
Make use of strings, lists, tuples, and

CO4 dictionaries data structures. 2 3 2 1 - - - - - - -
Perform Input/Output Operations using

CO5 files. 2 2 2 1 - - - - - - -
UGE 2177 ENGINEERING GRAPHICS

1 0 4 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To develop the graphic skills for communication of concepts, ideas and design of engineering
products.
• To expose them to existing national standards related to technical drawings
CONCEPTS AND CONVENTIONS (NOT FOR EXAMINATIONS):

Importance of graphics in engineering applications – Use of drafting instruments – BIS conventions and
specifications – Size, layout and folding of drawing sheets – Lettering and dimensioning.
UNIT I PLANE CURVES AND FREE HAND SKETCHING 10

Basic Geometrical constructions, Curves used in engineering practices: Conics –Construction of ellipse,
parabola and hyperbola by eccentricity method – Drawing of tangents and normal to the above curves.
Visualization concepts and Free Hand sketching: Visualization principles –Representation of Three-
Dimensional objects – Layout of views- Freehand sketching of multiple views from pictorial views of objects.
UNIT II PROJECTION OF POINTS, LINES AND PLANE SURFACES 15

Orthographic projection principles - Principal planes - First angle projection - Layout of views - Projection of
points. Projection of straight lines (only First angle projections) inclined to both the principal planes -
Determination of true lengths and true inclinations by rotating line method and traces. Projection of planes
(polygonal and circular surfaces) inclined to both the principal planes by rotating object method.
UNIT III PROJECTION OF SOLIDS 15

Projection of simple solids like prisms, pyramids, cylinder, cone and truncated solids when the axis is inclined
to one of the principal planes by rotating object method.
UNIT IV SECTION OF SOLIDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF SURFACES 20

Sectioning of above solids in simple vertical position when the cutting plane is inclined to the one of the
principal planes and perpendicular to the other – obtaining true shape of section. Development of lateral
surfaces of truncated solids (simple position only) – Prisms, pyramids, cylinders and cones.
UNIT V ISOMETRIC AND PERSPECTIVE PROJECTIONS 15

Principles of isometric projection – isometric scale – Isometric projections of simple solids and truncated
solids - Prisms, pyramids, cylinders, cones- combination of two solid objects in simple vertical positions.
Perspective projection of simple solids- Prisms, pyramids and cylinders by visual ray method.
TOTALHOURS:75
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Natarajan, K.V., A Textbook of Engineering Graphics, Dhanalakshmi Publishers, Chennai, 33rd Edition,
2020. [ISBN:9788190414089]
2. Venugopal, K. and Prabhu Raja, V., Engineering Graphics, New Age International (P) Limited, 15th
Edition, 2018. [ISBN :9789386649249]
REFERENCES:
1. Bhatt, N.D., Engineering Drawing, Charotar Publishing House, 53rd Edition, 2014. [ISBN:
9789380358963]
2. Basant Agarwal, and Agarwal, C.M., Engineering Drawing, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2019. [ISBN:
9789353167448]
3. Gopalakrishna, K.R., Engineering Drawing (Vol. I & II Combined), Subhas Publications, 27th Edition,
2017. [ISBN: 9789383214235]
4. Luzzader J Warren, and Jon M Duff, Fundamentals of Engineering Drawing with an introduction to
Interactive Computer Graphics for Design and Production, Pearson Education, 11th Edition, 2005. [ISBN
:9789332549982]
Publication of Bureau of Indian Standards:
1. IS 10711 – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Size and lay out of drawing sheets.
2. IS 9609 (Parts 0 & 1) – 2001: Technical products Documentation – Lettering.
3. IS 10714 (Part 20) – 2001 & SP 46 – 2003: Lines for technical drawings.
4. IS 11669 – 1986 & SP 46 – 2003: Dimensioning of Technical Drawings.
1. IS 15021 (Parts 1 to 4) – 2001: Technical drawings – Projection Methods.
Special points applicable to End Semester Examinations on Engineering Graphics:
1. There will be five questions, each of either-or type covering all units of the syllabus.
2. All questions will carry equal marks of 20 each making a total of 100.
3. The answer paper shall consist of drawing sheets of A3 size only. The students will be permitted to
use appropriate scale to fit solution within A3 size.
4. The examination will be conducted in appropriate sessions on the same day.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Draw Plane curves and perform Free hand sketching of three - dimensional objects.(BL: L3)
CO2: Draw the Orthographic projections of points, lines and plane surfaces. (BL: L3)
CO3: Draw the Projections of solids. (BL: L3)
CO4: Draw the Projections of sectioned solids and Development of surfaces. (BL: L3)
CO5: Draw the Isometric and Perspective projections of solids. (BL: L3)
CO-PO Mapping:

UGE2177ENGINEERING GRAPHICS
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Draw Plane curves and perform Free

hand sketching of three - dimensional
CO1 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 3 - -
objects.
Draw the Orthographic projections of

CO2 points, lines and plane surfaces. 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 3 - -
Draw the Projections of solids.

CO3 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 3 - -
Draw the Projections of sectioned

CO4 solids and Development of surfaces. 3 2 2 - - 2 - - 3 - -
Draw the Isometric and Perspective

CO5 projections of solids. 3 2 2 - - 2 - - - 3 - -
UGE 2197 PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON LAB 3 0 0 1.5

OBJECTIVES:
• To write, test, and debug simple Python programs.
• To apply conditions and loops to solve problems using python.
• To implement programs using functions
• To write programs using different data types such as strings, lists tuples and dictionaries
• To perform read and write operations into the files.
SUGGESTIVE EXERCISES:
1. Use Linux shell commands, use Python in interactive mode, and an editor
2. Write simple programs (area of a geometric shape, simple interest, solve quadratic equation, net
salary).
3. Write programs using conditional statements (leap year, maximum of 2 numbers, maximum of 3
numbers, simple calculator, grade of the total mark).
4. Develop programs using loops and nested loops (gcd, prime number, integer division, sum of digits
of an integer, multiplication table, sum of a series, print patterns, square root using Newton's
method).
5. Develop programs using functions (sine and cosine series, Pythagorean triplets).
6. Develop programs using recursion (efficient power of a number, factorial, Fibonacci number).
7. Develop programs using strings (palindrome, finding substring) without using in-built functions.
8. Develop programs using lists and tuples (linear search, binary search, selection sort, insertion sort,
quicksort).
9. Develop programs using nested lists (matrix manipulations).
10. Develop simple programs using dictionaries (frequency histogram, nested dictionary).
11. Develop programs using Files (read and write files).
12. Develop programs to perform any task by reading arguments from command line.
13. Implement a simple application using appropriate datatypes and files
TOTAL HOURS: 45
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After the completion of this course, students will be able to:
CO 1: Write, test, and debug simple Python programs.
CO 2: Build Python programs with conditionals and loops.
CO 3: Solve a problem using functions in python programming.
CO 4: Construct python programs using compound data like lists, tuples, and dictionaries.
CO 5: Build a simple application in teams using files and appropriate datatypes by applying the
best programming practices.
UGE 2197
PROGRAMMING IN PYTHON LAB 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Write, test, and debug simple Python

CO1 programs 2 2 - - - - - 1 - - - -
Build Python programs with conditionals

CO2 and loops. 3 3 - 1 - - - 1 - - - -
Solve a problem using functions in

CO3 python programming. 3 3 - 1 - - - 1 - - - -
Construct python programs using

CO4 compound data like lists, tuples, and 3 3 - 1 - - - 1 - - - -
dictionaries.
Build a simple application in teams using
CO5 files and appropriate datatypes by 3 3 - 2 - - - 1 3 2 - -
applying the best programming practices.
UGS 2197 PHYSICS AND CHEMISTRY LABORATORY 3 0 0 1.5
A. PHYSICS LABORATORY
COURSE OBJECTIVE:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to
● Obtain basic Knowledge about physics concepts applied in optics, thermal physics
and properties of matter.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
(A minimum of 5 experiments to be performed from the given list)
1. Determination of the Young’s modulus of the material of the given beam

by Non-uniform bending method.
2. Determination of the rigidity modulus of the material of the given wire using
torsion pendulum.
3. Determination of the wavelength of the mercury spectra using Spectrometer and
grating.
4. Determination of the dispersive power of a prism using Spectrometer.
5. Determination of the grating element/wavelength, and particle size/ wavelength using a
laser.
6. Determination of the Numerical and the acceptance angle of an optical fiber.
7. Determination of the thickness of a thin wire using interference fringes.
8. Determination of the coefficient of viscosity of the given liquid using Poiseuille’s
method.
9. Determination of the band gap energy of a semiconductor.
10. Determination of the coefficient of thermal conductivity of the given bad conductor
using Lee’s disc.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: Apply principles of elasticity, optics, viscosity, thermal and band gap determination for
engineering applications
CO-PO/PSO MAPPING
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 PSO3
CO1 3 2 1
B. CHEMISTRY LABORATORY
OBJECTIVE:
To impart hands on training for all the possible concepts learned in Engineering Chemistry Course
List of Experiments
(A minimum of 6 experiments to be performed from the given list)
1.Estimation of ferrous ion by potentiometric titration

2. Estimation of strong acid using pH meter.
3. Estimation of strong acid by conductometric titration
4. Estimation of mixture of strong and weak acids using conductometer
5. Estimation of BaCl2 by conductometric titration
6. Determination of degree of polymerization of a water-soluble polymer by Viscosity method
7. Determination of equivalent conductance of a strong electrolyte at infinite dilution
8. Determination of weak acid using weak base by conductometric titration.
9. Determination of rate of corrosion by weight loss method
Total Hours: 45
TEXTBOOK:
Manual Prepared by Faculty of Chemistry Department, SSNCE
REFERENCE:
1. Practical Physical Chemistry, B.Viswanath and P.S.Raghavan, ViVa Books Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 2012.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
CO1 - Analyse ions like Fe2+, Fe3+, H+ using different instruments
CO2 - Determine the Molecular weight and Degree of Polymerisation using viscometer
CO-PO mapping
Course Code & Name: POs

UGS 2197
A. CHEMISTRY LABORATORY 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
Analyse ions like Fe2+, Fe3+,

CO1 H+ using different instruments 3 - - - - - - - - -
Determine the Molecular

weight and Degree of
CO2 3 - - - - - - - - -
Polymerisation using viscometer
COMPLEX FUNCTIONS AND LAPLACE

UMA2276 TRANSFORMS 3 1 0 4
(Common to all Second semester B.E/B.Tech )
OBJECTIVES:
• Applying C-R equations in the construction of Analytic Functions.

• Study the methods of Complex Integration, finding Taylor’s and Laurent’s Series expansions.
• Find the Laplace Transforms and inverse transforms for standard functions.
• Solve Differential Equations using different techniques.
• Evaluate Line, Surface and Volume integrals.
UNIT I ANALYTIC FUNCTIONS 12

Analytic functions – necessary and sufficient conditions, Cauchy-Riemann equations in Cartesian and polar
form (with proof) – Properties - harmonic functions, Construction of analytic function, conformal mapping -
1
some standard transformations – 𝑤 = 𝑧 + 𝑐, 𝑐𝑧, 𝑧 , 𝑧 2 , bilinear transformation.
UNIT II COMPLEX INTEGRATION 12
Line integral - Cauchy’s integral theorem – Cauchy’s integral formula, Taylor’s and Laurent’s series,
Singularities – Residues – Residue theorem – Application of residue theorem for evaluation of real integrals
– Use of circular contour and semicircular contour (except the poles on the real axis).
UNIT III LAPLACE TRANSFORMS 12

Definition, properties, existence conditions – Transforms of elementary functions – Transform of unit step
function and unit impulse function, shifting theorems, Transforms of derivatives and integrals, Initial and final
value theorems, Periodic functions, Inverse transforms – Convolution theorem.
UNIT IV ORDINARY DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS 12

Solution of second and higher order linear differential equation with constant coefficients (𝑓(𝑥) =
𝑒 𝑚𝑥 , 𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑚𝑥, 𝑐𝑜𝑠𝑚𝑥, 𝑥 𝑛 , 𝑓(𝑥)𝑒 𝑚𝑥 , 𝑓(𝑥)𝑠𝑖𝑛𝑚𝑥), Method of variation of parameters, Simultaneous linear
equations with constant coefficients of first order, Solving linear second order ordinary differential equations
with constant coefficients using Laplace transforms.
UNIT V VECTOR CALCULUS 12

Gradient and directional derivative – Divergence and curl – Vector identities – Irrotational and Solenoidal
vector fields, Line integral over a plane curve, Surface integral - Area of a curved surface, Volume integral,
Green’s, Gauss divergence and Stoke’s theorems – Verification and application in evaluating line, surface
and volume integrals.
TOTAL HOURS: 60
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Grewal, B.S., Higher Engineering Mathematics, 44th Edition, Khanna Publishers, 2018.
2. Erwin Kreyszig, Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 10th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Bali, N.P., Goyal, M., Watkins, C., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Laxmi Publications Pvt.
Limited, 2007.
2. Boyce, W.E., and DiPrima, R.C., Elementary Differential Equations and Boundary Value Problems,
11th Edition, Global Edition, Wiley, 2017.
3. George B. Thomas Jr., Maurice D. Weir, Joel R. Hass, Thomas' Calculus: Early Transcendental, 13th
Edition, Pearson Education, 2014.
4. O’Neil. P. V., Advanced Engineering Mathematics, 7th Edition, Cengage Learning India Pvt., Ltd,
New Delhi, 2012.
5. Howard Anton, Irl C. Bivens, Stephen Davis, Calculus Early Transcendentals, 11th Edition, Global
Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2017.
6. Srimanta Pal and Subodh C. Bhunia, Engineering Mathematics, Oxford University Press, 2015.
7. Srivastava, A.C., and Srivastava, P.K., Engineering Mathematics Volume I and II, PHI learning Pvt.
Ltd, 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to
CO1: solve problems in Analytic functions and construction of analytic functions using C-R equations
CO2: solve problems using integration techniques, find Taylor’s and Laurent’s Series expansions
CO3: obtain the Laplace Transforms and inverse transforms of standard functions.
CO4: solve Differential Equations using different techniques
CO5: evaluate Line, Surface and Volume integrals
CO6: application of Complex integration, Laplace transforms, Ordinary differential equations, and vector
calculus in engineering problems
CO-PO Mapping:
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2
CO6 3 2 1

BASIC ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS
UEE2276 3 0 0 3
ENGINEERING
OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the basic concepts of electric circuits.
• To know the operation of various electrical machines.
• To study the concepts of utilization of electrical power.
• To comprehend the working principle of electronic devices and its applications.
• To grasp the working principle of various sensors and transducers.
UNIT I ELECTRICAL CIRCUITS 9

DC Circuits: Ohm’s Law- Kirchhoff’s laws - Mesh current and Node voltage methods (Analysis with only
independent source). Network theorems - Superposition theorem, Thevenins theorem and Norton theorem.
AC circuit: Waveforms and RMS value, Phasor diagram, Power, Power factor. Three phase supply – Star
connection, Delta connection –Balanced Loads - Power in three-phase systems.
UNIT II ELECTRICAL MACHINES 9
Construction, Principle of Operation, Basic Equations and Applications - DC Generators, DC Motors, Single
Phase Transformer, Single phase Induction Motor, Three phase Induction Motor, Three phase Alternator,
Stepper and BLDC motors.
UNIT III UTILIZATION OF ELECTRICAL POWER 9

Renewable energy sources- wind and Solar panels. Illumination by lamps- Sodium Vapour, Mercury vapour,
Fluorescent tube. Batteries-NiCd, Pb Acid and Li ion Charge and Discharge Characteristics. Protection-
Earthing, Fuses. Energy Tariff calculation for domestic loads.
UNIT IV ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND APPLICATIONS 9

Operation of PN junction diodes, VI characteristics, Zener diode, BJT- CB, CE, CC configurations, input and
output characteristics, MOSFET. Half wave and full wave rectifier, capacitive filters, zener voltage regulator,
Operational amplifiers, Ideal Op-Amp characteristics, Inverting and Non-inverting amplifier.
UNIT V SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS 9

Sensors: Capacitive and resistive sensors, magnetic sensors, Hall effect sensors, Piezo-resistive sensors,
viscosity, optical sensors, Ultrasonic sensors, Nuclear and microsensors. Transducers: Classification of
transducers, strain gauges, RTD, thermocouples, Piezo-electric, LVDT and Thermo electric transducers
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Kothari DP and I.J Nagrath, “Basic Electrical and Electronics Engineering”, McGraw Hill
Education,2014
2. Alan S. Moris, Principles of Measurements and Instruments, Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd., New
Delhi,1999.
3. S.Salivahanan, R.Rengaraj and G.R.Venkatakrishnan, Basic Electrical, Electronics and
Measurement Engineering, McGrawHill, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. S.B. Lal Seksena and Kaustuv Dasgupta, Fundaments of Electrical Engineering, Cambridge, 2016.
2. M.S. Sukhija and T.K. Nagsarkar, Basic Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Oxford, 2016.
3. S.K.Sahdev, Basic of Electrical Engineering, Pearson, 2015.
4. Edward Hughes, John Hiley, Keith Brown and Ian McKenzie Smith "Electrical And Electronic
Technology" Pearson Education Ltd, 10 th Edition, 2008
5. H.Cotton, "Electrical Technology" 7th Edition,CBS; 2005
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Solve and analyse DC and AC circuits.
CO2: Explain the operating principle of AC and DC machines.
CO3: Know the concepts electrical power utilization.
CO4: Describe the working principle of various electronic devices and its applications
CO5: Describe the working principle of various sensors and transducers.
COs POs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 3 2 2 1 1
2 3 2 1 1
3 3 2 1 2 1
4 3 2 1
5 3 2 1
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T P EL C
PROGRAMMING AND DATA
UIT2201 3 0 2 0 4
STRUCTURES
OBJECTIVES:
● understand the concepts of ADTs and implement them using Python
● design and implement linear data structures – lists, stacks, and queues
● design, analyze, and implement sorting, searching, and hashing algorithms
● formulate problems using tree and graph structures and solve them using Python
UNIT I ABSTRACT DATA TYPES 9

Abstract Data Types (ADTs) – ADTs and classes – introduction to OOP – classes in Python – inheritance
– namespaces – shallow and deep copying. Introduction to analysis of algorithms – asymptotic notations –
recursion – analyzing recursive algorithms.
UNIT II LINEAR STRUCTURES 9

List ADT – array-based implementations – linked list implementations – singly linked lists – circularly
linked lists – doubly linked lists – applications of lists – Stack ADT – Queue ADT – double ended queues.
UNIT III SORTING AND SEARCHING 9

Bubble sort – selection sort – insertion sort – merge sort – quick sort – linear search – binary search –
hashing – hash functions – collision handling – load factors and efficiency – rehashing
UNIT IV TREE STRUCTURES 9

Tree ADT – Binary Tree ADT – tree traversals – binary search trees – AVL trees – heaps – multi-way
search trees
UNIT V GRAPH STRUCTURES 9

Graph ADT – representations of graph – graph traversals – DAG – topological ordering – shortest paths –
minimum spanning trees – disjoint sets
LECTURE HOURS: 45
TEXTBOOK:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Michael H. Goldwasser, “Data Structures &
Algorithms in Python”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2013
REFERENCES:
1. Lee, Kent D., Hubbard, Steve, “Data Structures and Algorithms with Python” Springer Edition
2015
2. Rance D. Necaise, “Data Structures and Algorithms Using Python”, John Wiley & Sons, 2011
3. Aho, Hopcroft, and Ullman, “Data Structures and Algorithms”, Pearson Education, 1983.
4. Thomas H. Cormen, Charles E. Leiserson, Ronald L. Rivest, and Clifford Stein, “Introduction to
Algorithms", Second Edition, McGraw Hill, 2002.
5. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Fourth Edition, Pearson
Education, 2014
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Implement simple ADTs as Python classes.

2. Implement recursive algorithms in Python.
3. Implement List ADT using Python arrays.
4. Linked list implementations of List.
5. Implementation of Stack and Queue ADTs.
6. Applications of List, Stack and Queue ADTs.
7. Implementation of sorting and searching algorithms.
8. Implementation of Hash tables.
9. Tree representation and traversal algorithms.
10. Implementation of Binary Search Trees.
11. Implementation of Heaps.
12. Graph representation and Traversal algorithms.
13. Implementation of single source shortest path algorithm.
14. Implementation of minimum spanning tree algorithms.
LAB HOURS: 30
TOTAL HOURS: 75
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Implement ADTs as Python classes.
CO2: Design, implement, and analyze linear data structures, such as lists, queues, and stacks, according
to the needs of different applications.
CO3: Design, implement, and analyze sorting, searching, and indexing techniques.
CO4: Design, implement, and analyze efficient tree structures to meet requirements such as searching,
indexing, and sorting.
CO5: Model problems as graph problems and implement efficient graph algorithms to solve them.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
1 2 1
2 2 2 1 2
3 2 2 1 2
4 2 2 1 2
5 2 2 1 2
COURSE
COURSE TITLE L T P EL C
CODE
UIT2211 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT – I 0 0 3 0 1.5
Students will be divided into teams of size not exceeding seven. Each team will be given a project as a
context. Teams will be mentored to follow best software engineering practices to develop data-structure-
intensive software. The grading rubrics are as outlined below:
1. Processes: PSP, Scrum, DevOps : 5%

2. Management: Estimation, WBS, Planning, Tracking : 5%
3. Risk Management : 5%
4. Coding, Testing, and Configuration Management : 25%
5. Automation of routine tasks : 5%
6. Meetings: “Customer” meetings, review meetings, brain-storming : 5%
7. Presentations : 25%
8. Documentations : 25%
TOTAL HOURS: 45
REFERENCES:
1. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, and Michael H. Goldwasser, “Data Structures &
Algorithms in Python”, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 2013.
2. Watts S. Humphrey, “PSP: A self-improvement process of software engineers”, Pearson
Education, 2005.
3. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering – A practitioner’s Approach”, Seventh Edition,
McGraw-Hill International Edition, 2017.
4. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Tenth Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2017.
5. Alan D. Moore, “Python GUI programming with Tkinter”, Second Edition, Packt Publishing Ltd.,
2021.
6. Joshua M. Willman, “Beginning PyQt: A hands-on approach to GUI programming with PyQt6”,
Second Edition, APress, 2022.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Design and develop data structure intensive software systems by applying best practices for IT
project management.
CO2: Communicate efficiently in team meetings & presentations and prepare documents for data
structure intensive software systems.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
1 2 3 3 2 2 2 1 2
2 2 3 3 3 3 1
ACY2276 ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 3 0 0 0
OBJECTIVES:
The students of Engineering undergoing this Course would develop a
• Better understanding of human relationships, perceptions and policies towards the
environment
• Focus on design and technology for improving environmental quality
UNIT I ENVIRONMENT, ECOSYSTEMSANDBIODIVERSITY 9

Definition, scope and importance of environment– concept, structure and function of an ecosystem – energy
flow- food chains, food webs and ecological pyramids – ecological succession. Introduction to biodiversity
definition and types– values of biodiversity- India as a mega-diversity nation – hot-spots of biodiversity –
threats to biodiversity-endangered and endemic species of India -conservation of biodiversity: In-situ and ex-
situ conservation of biodiversity.
UNIT II NATURAL RESOURCES 9

Uses, over-exploitation of natural resources: Forest, Water, Mineral, Food, Energy and Land. Case studies on
over exploitation of natural resources -Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources- Equitable
use of resources for sustainable life styles.
UNIT III CURRENT ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES 9
Environmental issues– causes, effects and control measures of Pollution of (a) Air (Smog, acid rain, climate
change and global warming, ozone layer depletion) (b) Water (rain water harvesting, watershed management
and waste water treatment) (c) Soil (solid waste management, wasteland reclamation) (d)Electronic waste.
Population explosion, Resettlement and rehabilitation of people and Disaster management.
UNIT IV ENGINEERING INTERVENTIONS TO REDUCE ENVIRONMENTAL STRESSES

9
Role of information technology in environment- Remote Sensing- satellites and sensors- Geographical
Information Systems(GIS)-Applications. Environment data base management system. Green chemistry-
Principles - Green buildings-Advantages of green buildings over conventional buildings-Electric and Hybrid
Electric Vehicles (HEV).
UNIT V ENVIRONMENTALREGULATIONS 9
Environmental Ethics for sustainable development- Human rights- Environmental Impact Assessment–
Ecomark-role of NGO- Central and state pollution control boards- Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
act 1981– Water (Prevention and control of Pollution) act 1974– Wildlife protection act 1972 – Forest
conservation act 1980- The National Green Tribunal Act 2010.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Anubha Kaushik and C. P. Kaushik, Environmental Science and Engineering, New Age International
Publishers,14thEdition, 2014.
2. Benny Joseph, ‘Environmental Science and Engineering’, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi,2006
REFERENCES:
1. Gilbert M. Masters, ‘Introduction to Environmental Engineering and Science’, 2nd edition,Pearson
Education, 2004.
3. G. Tyler Miller and Scott E. Spoolman, “Environmental Science”, Cengage Learning India PVT,
LTD, Delhi, 2014
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: The structure and functions of the ecosystems and diversity among life forms within an ecosystem
CO2: The importance of various natural resources and its sustainable use
CO3: The various environmental issues such as pollution, population explosion etc and suggest remedial
measures.
CO4: The role of engineering techniques to minimize environmental stress
CO5: The role of various environmental machineries and to ensure proper environmental regulation
COs POs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 - 1
CO2 3 2 1
CO3 3 2 1
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 - -
UPH2251 PHYSICS FOR INFORMATION SCIENCE 3 0 0 3

AND TECHNOLOGY
OBJECTIVES:
Enable the students to
• Understandthetransportpropertiesofconductingmaterialsandtheirmodellingusingclassicaland
quantum theories.
• Analyzethephysicsofsemiconductorsandrelatetheirmicroscopicpropertiestoobservablebulk
phenomena.
• Understand the origin of magnetism and datastorage principles.
• Studythefundamentalsofopticalmaterialsandtheirapplicationstodisplaydevices.
• Develop an overview of Nanomaterials and their applications to Nanodevices.
UNITI SEMI CONDUCTING MATERIALS 9

Classification of solids- Conductors – classical free electron theory of metals – Electrical and thermal
conductivity –Band theory of solids (qualitative), Intrinsic semiconductor – Bond and energy band
diagrams–Concept of hole - carrier concentration derivation – Fermi level – Variation of Fermi level with
temperature – electrical conductivity – band gap determination – extrinsic semiconductors –
UNITII SEMI CONDUCTOR DEVICES 9

Formation of PN junction –energy band diagram –biased and unbiased conditions – BJT – Current gain
and voltage gain – common emitter, common base and common collector configurations – Field effect -
MOSFET – common source, common drain and common gate configurations – CMOS ICs.
UNITIII DATA STORAGE PRINCIPLES 9

Originofmagneticmoment–Bohrmagneton,atomicmagneticmoments-magneticpermeability and
susceptibility – Microscopic and macroscopic classification of magnetic materials – comparison of Dia
and para magnetism and Ferro magnetism – Ferromagnetism :origin and exchange interaction-saturation
magnetization and Curie temperature – Domain theory – Hysteresis (based on domain theory) – soft and
hard magnetic materials – Magnetic principles in computer data storage – Magnetic hard disc – GMR
Sensor- Principle of GMR-Parts of a magnetic hard disc - CD-ROM-WORM- Magneto-optical storage,
recording and reading systems -Holographicoptical datastorage.
UNITIV OPTICAL MATERIALS AND DISPLAYDEVICES 9

Absorption emission and scattering of light in metals, insulators and semiconductors (concepts only)-
Carrier generation and recombination in semiconductors – LED – OLED – Semiconductor Laser diodes
(Homo and double heterojunction)– Photodetectors– Photo diodes and Photo conductors (concepts only) –
Solar cell – Liquid crystal display - Charged Coupled Devices.
UNITV NANO DEVICES 9

Nano materials – Properties, Applications, Size effect -Density of states in quantum well, quantum wire
and quantum dot structures – Quantum confinement-Quantum well and Quantum dot lasers- Franz-
Keldysh effect-Quantum Confined Stark effect–Quantum Well Electro Absorption modulators-Magnetic
semiconductors – Spintronics.
TOTALHOURS:45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Adaptation by Balasubramanian,R, Callister’s Material Science and Engineering, Wiley India
Pvt .Ltd., 2ndEdition, 2014.
2. Kasap,S.O., Principles of Electronic Materials and Devices, (Special Indian Edition) McGraw-
Hill Education, 3rdEdition, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Pallab Bhattacharya, Semiconductor Optoelectronic Devices,Pearson,2ndEdition,2017.
2. Umesh K Mishra & Jasprit Singh, Semiconductor Device Physics and Design, Springer, 2008.
3. Wahab,M.A.,Solid State Physics: Structure & Properties of Materials, Narosa Publishing House,
2009.
4. Gaur,R.K. & Gupta,S.L.,Engineering Physics, Dhanpat Rai Publishers,2012.
5. Salivahanan,S.,Rajalakshmi,A.,Karthie,S.,Rajesh,N.P., Physics for Electronics Engineering
&Information Science, McGraw Hill (India) PrivateLimited,2018.
6. Avadhanulu,M.N.,P.G.Shirsagar,ATextBookofEngineeringPhysics,S.Chand&Co.Ltd. Ninth
Revised Edition, 2012
7. Theuwissen,A.J., Solidstate imaging with Charge-Coupled Devices, Kluwer-Academic
Publisher, Springer1995.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of this course, students will be able to
CO1: Estimate the conducting properties of materials based on classical and quantum theories and
understand the formation of energy band structures.
CO2: Acquire knowledge on basics of semiconductor physics and its application to PN junction devices.
CO3: Elucidate the function of magnetic and optical properties of materials in data
storage devices.
CO4: Explain the functioning of modern display devices.
CO5: Apply quantum mechanics of nanostructures and their application to Nano devices
for optoelectronic switching.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2
CO2 3 3 2
CO3 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2
Course Code Course Title L T P C

DESIGN THINKING AND ENGINEERING PRACTICES 0 0 3 1.5
UGE2297
LAB
Objectives:
• To provide exposure to the students with hands on experience on various basic engineering
practices in Civil, Mechanical, Electrical and Electronics Engineering
• To train the students to dismantle, understand the functional / aesthetic aspects of the
product, prepare the part functional model, and to assemble the different engineering
components
List of Experiments:
GROUP A (CIVIL & MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE)
I - CIVIL ENGINEERING PRACTICE

Buildings:
Study of plumbing and carpentry components of residential and industrial buildings - Safety
aspects.
Plumbing Works:
(a) Study of pipeline joints, its location and functions: valves, taps, couplings, unions,
reducers, and elbows in household fittings.
(b) Preparation of plumbing line sketches for water supply and sewage works.
(c) Hands-on-exercise:
• Basic pipe connections - Mixed pipe material connection - Pipe connections with
different joining components.
• Plumbing with basic connections for washing basin and sink
Carpentry using Power Tools only:
(a) Study of the joints in roofs, doors, windows and furniture.
(b) Hands-on-exercise: Wood work, joints by sawing, planning and cutting.
• Fabrication of different models of pencil box and pen stand.
• Fabrication of wooden wall shelf
(c) Demonstration of wood working machinery
II - MECHANICAL ENGINEERING PRACTICE
Basic Machining:
(a) Drilling Practice (holes of various diameters - steel sheet metal, wood,
hylam/plywood sheet)
Sheet Metal Work
(a) Forming & Bending
(b) Different type of joints.
• Fabrication of mobile phone metal stand
• Fabrication of electrical control panel box
Design thinking practices
To dismantle, understand the functional / aesthetic aspects of the product, prepare the part
functional model, and to assemble the following components.
• Pedestal Fan head swing mechanism - Reserve mechanism (Two wheeler) - Hot Glue gun
- Paper clips - Flush tank container mechanism - Hand pump – washer Mechanism
GROUP B (ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONICS ENGINEERING PRACTICE)
1. Residential house wiring, staircase wiring and tube light wiring with single phase AC two
wire system.
2. Energy measurement with RLC Load.
3. Earth resistance measurement.
4. Measurement of AC parameters using CRO and half wave and Full wave rectifier.
5. Study of logic gates AND, OR, EX-OR & NOT.
6. Soldering practice – Components Devices and Circuits – Using PCB.
Design thinking practices

1. Assemble a single phase 3 wire circuit for connecting household appliances and
explain through schematic diagram
2. Measure the energy consumed by the household appliances and verify it theoretically
3. Analyze the fault occurring in electrical appliances
4. Design, assemble and test a cell phone charger
5. Design, assemble and test a relay logic to control electrical appliances.
6. Design, assemble and test a dc power supply using PCB
Total Periods:45
Course Outcomes: Upon successful completion of the course, students will be able to
CO1: Draw pipeline plan; lay and connect various pipe fittings used in common household plumbing
work; Saw; plan; make joints in wood materials used in common household woodwork (K2)
CO2: Practice machining to make holes on different materials; fabricate sheet metal components
(K2)
CO3: Dismantle, understand the functional / aesthetic aspects of the product, prepare the part
functional model of various components (K2)
CO4: Construct domestic electrical circuits and verify their output parameters (K3)
CO5: Construct electronics circuits and verify their output (K3)
References:
1. Willis H. Wagner, Howard "Bud" Smith, and Mark W. Huth Modern Carpentry, 12th Edition,
2015
2. P.C.Sharma, Production Technology (Manufacturing Process): Manufacturing Process,
S.Chand publisher, 2006
3. Robert W. Messler, Reverse Engineering: Mechanisms, Structures, Systems & Materials,
McGraw-Hill Education, 2014
4. David W Rongey , A Complete Guide to Home Electrical Wiring, 2013
5. K.Jeyachandran, S.Natarajan & S, Balasubramanian, “A Primer on Engineering Practices
Laboratory”, Anuradha Publications, (2007).
COs POs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
1 3 2 1 2 1 1
2 3 2 1 2 1 1
3 3 2 1 2 1 1
4 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
5 3 3 3 3 3 1 1
UMA2377 DISCRETE MATHMATICS

3 1 0 4
(Common to Third semester CSE and IT)
OBJECTIVES
• study the concepts of classical logic, normal forms and its applications.
• solve problems using different counting techniques.
• learn the basic concepts in graph theory and prove simple properties.
• study the algebraic structures.
• study the concept of Boolean algebra.
UNIT I LOGIC AND PROOFS 12
Propositional Logic–Propositional equivalences–Predicates and quantifiers– Nested quantifiers– Rules of
inference–Introduction to proofs–Proof methods and strategy–Normal forms– Applications to switching
circuits.
UNIT II COMBINATORICS 12
Mathematical induction–Strong induction–The pigeon hole principle–Recurrence relations–Partition of
Integers-Solving linear recurrence relations using generating functions –Inclusion and Exclusion Principle
and its applications.
UNIV III GRAPHS 12

Graphs–Graph terminology and special types of graphs–Subgraphs–Matrix representation of graphs and
graph isomorphism–Connectivity–Eulerian and Hamilton graphs.
UNIT IV ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES 12

Algebraic systems–Semi groups and monoids–Groups–Subgroups – Homeomorphisms – Normal subgroup
and coset–Lagrange’s theorem–Definitions and examples of Rings and Fields.
UNIT V LATTICES AND BOOLEAN ALGEBRA 12

Partial ordering–Posets–Lattices as Posets–Properties of lattices–Lattices as algebraic systems–Sublattices–
Direct product and Homomorphism; Boolean algebra –Stone’s representation Theorem.
TOTAL HOURS: 60
TEXTBOOKS
1. Kenneth H Rosen, “Discrete Mathematics and its Applications”,7th Edition, Special Indian edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2017.
2. Tremblay JP and Manohar R, “Discrete Mathematical Structures with Applications to Computer
Science”, 30th Reprint, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Ralph P Grimaldi, “Discrete and Combinatorial Mathematics: An Applied Introduction”,4th Edition,
Pearson Education Asia, 2007.
2. Eric Lehman, F Tom Leighton, Albert R Meyer, Mathematics for Computer Science, Samurai Media
Limited, 2017.
3. Thomas Koshy,“Discrete Mathematics with Applications”, Elsevier Publications, 2006.
4. Seymour Lipschutz, Mark Lipson,“Discrete Mathematics”, Schaum’s Outlines, 3rd Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2010.
5. CLLiu, DP Mohapatra,“Elements of Discrete Mathematics”,4th Edition, McGraw Higher Education,
2017.
6. John M Harris, Jeffry L Hirst, Michael J Mossinghoff, “Combinatorics and Graph Theory”, Springer
verlag New York, 2008.
OUTCOMES
CO1: Write simple proofs using Propositional and First Order Logics
CO2: Solve problems using different counting techniques
CO3: Prove simple graph properties.
CO4: Explain basic concepts in group theory such as semigroups, monoids and groups.
CO5: Solve problems in partial ordering relations, equivalence relations and lattices.
CO6: Application of Graph theory and Boolean algebra in engineering problems
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2
CO5 3 2
CO6 3 2 1
UHS2376 UNIVERSAL HUMAN VALUES 2:

2 0 2 3
UNDERSTANDING HARMONY
OBJECTIVES:
• To help students distinguish between values and skills, and understand the need, basic guidelines, content
and process of value education.
• To help students initiate a process of dialog within themselves to know what they ‘really want to be’ in
their life and profession
• To help students understand the meaning of happiness and prosperity for a human being.
• To facilitate the students to understand harmony at all the levels of human living, and live accordingly.
• To facilitate the students in applying the understanding of harmony in existence in their profession and
lead an ethical life Course
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO VALUE EDUCATION 9

Value Education - Need, Basic Guidelines, Content and Process, Self-Exploration - meaning, importance
and process, Continuous Happiness and Prosperity - A look at basic Human Aspirations, Right
understanding, Relationship and Physical Facilities - the basic requirements, Understanding Happiness and
Prosperity - A critical appraisal of the current scenario, Method to fulfill the above human aspirations -
understanding and living in harmony at various levels.
UNIT II HARMONY IN THE HUMAN BEING 9

Understanding human being as a co-existence of the sentient ‘I’ and the material ‘Body’, Understanding the
needs of Self (‘I’) and ‘Body’ - Sukh and Suvidha, Understanding the Body as an instrument of ‘I’ (I being
the doer, seer and enjoyer), Understanding the characteristics and activities of ‘I’ and harmony in ‘I’,
Understanding the harmony of I with the Body: Sanyam and Swasthya; correct appraisal of Physical needs,
meaning of Prosperity in detail, Programs to ensure Sanyam and Swasthya
UNIT III HARMONY IN THE FAMILY AND SOCIETY 9

Understanding harmony in the Family- the basic unit of human interaction , Understanding values in human
to human relationship; Understanding Trust - the foundational value in relationship, Difference
between intention and competence, Understanding Respect – as the right evaluation, Difference between
respect and differentiation; the other salient values in relationship, Understanding the harmony in the society
- comprehensive Human Goals, Visualizing a universal harmonious order in society- Undivided Society,
Universal Order - from family to world family!
UNIT IV HARMONY IN THE NATURE AND EXISTENCE 9

Understanding the harmony in the Nature, Interconnectedness, self-regulation and mutual fulfillment among
the four orders of nature- recyclability, Understanding Existence as Co- existence of mutually interacting
units in all-pervasive space, Holistic perception of harmony at all levels of existence.
UNIT V IMPLICATIONS OF THE ABOVE HOLISTIC UNDERSTANDING OF HARMONY

ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS 9
Natural acceptance of human values, Definitiveness of Ethical Human Conduct, Basis for Humanistic
Education, Humanistic Constitution and Humanistic Universal Order, Competence in Professional Ethics -
augmenting universal human order, the scope and characteristics of people-friendly and eco-friendly,
Holistic Technologies, production systems and management models - Case studies, Strategy for transition
from the present state to Universal Human Order - At the level of individual: as socially and ecologically
responsible engineers, technologists and managers, At the level of society: as mutually enriching institutions
and organizations.
TOTAL HOURS:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. R R Gaur, R Sangal, G P Bagaria, 2009, A Foundation Course in Human Values and
Professional Ethics, Excel Books, New Delhi, 2nd Revised Edition, 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Jeevan Vidya: EkParichaya, A Nagaraj, Jeevan Vidya Prakashan, Amarkantak, 1999.
2. Human Values, A.N. Tripathi, New Age Intl. Publishers, New Delhi, 2004.
3. The Story of Stuff (Book).
4. The Story of My Experiments with Truth - by Mohandas Karamchand Gandhi
5. Small is Beautiful - E. F Schumacher.
6. Slow is Beautiful - Cecile Andrews
7. Economy of Permanence - J C Kumarappa
8. Bharat Mein Angreji Raj - PanditSunderlal
9. Rediscovering India - by Dharampal
10. Hind Swaraj or Indian Home Rule - by Mohandas K. Gandhi
11. India Wins Freedom - Maulana Abdul Kalam Azad
12. Vivekananda - Romain Rolland (English)
13. Gandhi - Romain Rolland (English)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand the significance of value inputs in a classroom, distinguish between values and skills,
understand the need, basic guidelines, content and process of value education, explore the meaning of
happiness and prosperity and do a correct appraisal of the current scenario in the society.
CO2: Distinguish between the Self and the Body, understand the meaning of Harmony in the Self the Co-
existence of Self and Body.
CO3: Understand the value of harmonious relationship based on trust, respect and other naturally acceptable
feelings in human-human relationships and explore their role in ensuring a harmonious society.
CO4: Understand the harmony in nature and existence, and work out their mutually fulfilling participation
in the nature.
CO5: Distinguish between ethical and unethical practices, and start working out the strategy to actualize a
harmonious environment wherever they work.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 3 2 3 1
CO2 2 3 3 2 3 1
CO3 2 3 3 2 3 1
CO4 2 3 3 2 3 1
CO5 2 3 3 2 3 1
UIT2301 PROGRAMMING AND DESIGN PATTERNS 3 0 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
● understand the concepts of objects, classes, interfaces, modules and packages
● understand the concepts of inheritance, polymorphism and exceptions
● choose and apply the concepts of stings, data serialization, and different formats
● judiciously select and apply design patterns.
UNIT I OBJECTS AND CLASSES 9

Introduction to object-oriented programming – UML diagrams -- objects and classes – attributes and
behaviors – abstractions – interfaces – composition – inheritance – case studies. Objects in Python – Python
classes – modules and packages – managing module contents – case studies.
UNIT II INHERITANCE, POLYMORPHISM, AND EXCEPTIONS 9

Basic inheritance – multiple inheritance – polymorphism – abstract classes – case studies. Exceptions – raising
exceptions – handling exceptions – exception hierarchy – user-defined exceptions – case studies.
UNIT III STRINGS AND OBJECT SERIALIZATION 9

Strings – string manipulation – string formatting – unicodes – mutable byte strings – regular expressions –
object serialization – data serialization: YAML, XML, JSON formats – case studies
UNIT IV DESIGN PATTERNS I 9
Iterators – Comprehensions – generators – Coroutines – case study. Decorator pattern – observer pattern –
strategy pattern – state pattern – singleton pattern – template pattern
UNIT V DESIGN PATTERNS II 9

Adaptor pattern – facade pattern – flyweight pattern – command pattern – abstract factory pattern – composite
pattern. Testing object-oriented programs – test-driven development – unit testing – pytest. Concurrency –
threads – multi-processing – async i/o.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Dusty Phillips, “Python 3 Object-Oriented Programming: Build robust and maintainable software
with object-oriented design patterns in Python 3.8”, Third Edition, Packt Publishing, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Matt Weisfeld, “Object-Oriented Thought Process”, Fifth Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional,
2019.
2. Matthias Noback, “Object Design Style Guide”, Manning Publications, 2020.
3. Stephen F. Lott, “Mastering Object-oriented Python”, Second Edition, Packt Publishing, 2019.
4. Mark Lutz, “Programming Python: Powerful Object-Oriented Programming”, Fourth Edition,
O’Reilly Media, 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Solve problems using objects, classes, interfaces, modules and packages.
2. Apply the concepts of inheritance, polymorphism and exceptions in software design
3. Employ effective object serialization and data formats to solve problems
4. Select and apply design patterns in their design and analysis
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1
CO3 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 1
UIT2302 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Understand database development life cycle and conceptual modeling
● Learn SQL for data definition, manipulation and querying a database
● Design relational databases using conceptual mapping and normalization
● Learn transaction concepts and serializability of schedules
● Learn data model and querying in object-relational and No-SQL databases
UNIT I CONCEPTUAL DATA MODELING 8

Database environment – Database system development lifecycle – Requirements collection – Database
design -- Entity-Relationship model – Enhanced-ER model – UML class diagrams.
UNIT II RELATIONAL MODEL AND SQL 10
Relational model concepts -- Integrity constraints -- SQL Data manipulation – SQL Data definition – Views
-- SQL programming.
UNIT III RELATIONAL DATABASE DESIGN AND NORMALIZATION 10

ER and EER-to-Relational mapping – Update anomalies – Functional dependencies – Inference rules –
Minimal cover – Properties of relational decomposition – Normalization (upto BCNF).
UNIT IV TRANSACTION MANAGEMENT 8

Transaction concepts – properties – Schedules – Serializability – Concurrency Control – Two-phase
locking techniques – recovery techniques
UNIT V OBJECT RELATIONAL AND NO-SQL DATABASES 9

Mapping EER to ODB schema – Object identifier – reference types – rowtypes – UDTs – Subtypes and
supertypes – user-defined routines – Collection types – Object Query Language; No-SQL: CAP theorem –
Document-based: MongoDB / FireBase data model and CRUD operations; Column-based: Hbase data
model and CRUD operations.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Thomas M. Connolly, Carolyn E. Begg, “Database Systems – A Practical Approach to
Design, Implementation, and Management”, Sixth Edition, Global Edition, Pearson
Education, 2015.
2. Ramez Elmasri, Shamkant B. Navathe, “Fundamental of Database Systems”, Seventh
Edition, Pearson, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F. Korth, S. Sudharshan, Database System Concepts, Sixth Edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
2. Toby Teorey, Sam Lightstone, Tom Nadeau, H. V. Jagadish, “Database Modelingand Design–
Logical Design”, Fifth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2011.
3. Carlos Coronel, Steven Morris, and Peter Rob, Database Systems: Design, Implementation, and
Management, Ninth Edition, Cengage learning, 2012
4. C.J.Date, A.Kannan, Swaminathan, “An Introduction to Database Systems”, Eighth Edition,
Pearson Education, 2003.
5. G.K.Gupta,"Database Management Systems”, Tata McGraw Hill, 2011.
6. Carlo Zaniolo, Stefano Ceri, Christos Faloutsos, Richard T.Snodgrass, V.S.Subrahmanian, Roberto
Zicari, “Advanced Database Systems”, Morgan Kaufmann publishers, 2006.
7. Hector Garcia-Molina, Jeffrey D Ullman, Jennifer Widom, "Database Systems:The Complete
Book", 2nd edition, Pearson.
8. S Sumathi, S Esakkirajan, “Fundamentals of Relational Database Management Systems '', (Studies
in Computational Intelligence), Springer-Verlag, 2007.
9. Raghu Ramakrishnan, “Database Management Systems'', 4th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2010.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain the database development life cycle and apply conceptual modeling
2. Apply SQL and programming in SQL to create, manipulate and query the database
3. Apply the conceptual-to-relational mapping and normalization to design relational data base
4. Determine the serializability of any non-serial schedule using concurrency techniques
5. Apply the data model and querying in Object-relational and No-SQL data bases.
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 1 2
CO4 2 1 1 2
CO5 2 1 1 1 2
DIGITAL LOGIC AND COMPUTER

UIT2304 3 0 0 3
ORGANIZATION
OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the students.
● To know about the number systems, different binary arithmetic operations, and logic gates
● To design combinational and sequential circuits.
● To know about the fundamentals of computers.
● To know about the design of control units in a processor
● To know about the memory and I/O management.
UNIT I DIGITAL FUNDAMENTALS 9

Digital Systems – Binary Numbers – Octal – Hexadecimal Conversions – Signed Binary Numbers –
Complements – Logic Gates – Boolean Algebra – K-Maps – Standard Forms – NAND – NOR
Implementation.
UNIT II COMBINATIONAL AND SEQUENTIAL CIRCUITS 9
Combinational circuits – Adder – Subtractor – ALU Design – Decoder – Encoder – Multiplexers –
Introduction to Sequential Circuits – Flip-Flops – Registers – Counters.
UNIT III COMPUTER FUNDAMENTALS 9
Functional Units of a Digital Computer: Von Neumann Architecture – Operation and Operands of
Computer Hardware Instruction – Instruction Set Architecture (ISA): Memory Location, Address and
Operation – Instruction and Instruction Sequencing – Addressing Modes, Encoding of Machine Instruction
– Interaction between Assembly and High-Level Language.
UNIT IV PROCESSOR 9
Instruction Execution – Building a Data Path – Designing a Control Unit – Hardwired Control,
Microprogrammed Control – Pipelining – Data Hazard – Control Hazards.
UNIT V MEMORY AND I/O 9
Memory Concepts and Hierarchy – Memory Management – Cache Memories: Mapping and Replacement
Techniques – Virtual Memory – DMA – I/O – Accessing I/O: Parallel and Serial Interface – Interrupt I/O
– Interconnection Standards: USB, SATA.
TOTAL:45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. M. Morris Mano, Michael D. Ciletti, “Digital Design”, Fifth Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
2. David A. Patterson, John L. Hennessy, “Computer Organization and Design, The
Hardware/Software Interface”, Fifth Edition, Morgan Kaufmann/Elsevier, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Naraig Manjikian, “Computer Organization and
Embedded Systems”, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
2. William Stallings, “Computer Organization and Architecture – Designing for Performance”, Tenth
3. M. Morris Mano, “Digital Logic and Computer Design”, Pearson Education, 2008.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students should be able
1. Understand the concept of number systems, logic gates and different binary arithmetic operations.
2. Design and analyse the operation of different combinational logic circuits.
3. Design and analyse the operation of different sequential logic circuits
4. Understand the design and implementation of a digital system.
5. Understand the computer functional blocks and execution of instructions.
6. Understand the design of different circuits used in ALU, memory hierarchy and different issues in
parallelism
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 3
CO3 3 3 2 1 2
CO4 1 1 1
CO5 1 1 1
CO6 1 1 1 1

INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL
UIT2305 3 0 0 3
COMMUNICATION
OBJECTIVES:
● To learn digital communication principles
● To introduce data and pulse communication techniques
● To introduce multiuser radio communication
● To introduce information theory
UNIT I DIGITAL TRANSMISSION AND CODING 9

Introduction to Analog communication, Limitations in analog communication systems, Sampling theorem,
Analog to digital conversion, quantization noise, PCM, companding.
UNIT II DIGITAL MODULATION AND DEMODULATION 9

Concept of amplitude, frequency and phase, ASK transmitter and receiver, FSK transmitter and receiver,
BPSK transmitter and receiver, QPSK transmitter and receiver, 8 PSK transmitter and receiver, concept of
M-ary PSK, 8QAM transmitter and receiver, 16 QAM transmitter and receiver, concept of constellation
diagrams.
UNIT III INFORMATION THEORY 9

Uncertainty, Probability, PDF and PMF, Information measure, Shannon's Entropy, Mutual information,
Relationship Between Entropy and Mutual Information - Chain Rules for Entropy.
UNIT IV SOURCE AND CHANNEL CODING 9

Source coding: Coding efficiency - Shannon's source coding theorem, Huffman coding, Block Huffman
codingChannel coding: Shannon's channel coding theorem, Error detection - parity coding, Error correction
- cyclic single error correcting Hamming code.
UNIT V MULTIPLEXING TECHNIQUES 9

TDMA, FDMA, CDMA: PN sequence generation, Frequency hopping - Time hopping.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. B. P. Lathi and Zhi Ding, “Modern Digital and Analog Communication Systems”, 4th Edition,
Oxford University Press. 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas Cover, Joy Thomas, “Elements of Information Theory”, Wiley Inderscience, 2nd Edition,
2006
2. Herbert Taub, and Donald L Schilling, “Principles of Communication Systems”, 3rd Edition,
McGraw Hill Publishing Company, 1998.
3. Simon Haykin, “Communication Systems”, 4th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2004
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. Explain various data communication techniques.
2. Explain multiuser radio communication.
3. Use information entropy to design source and channel coding.
4. Appreciate the importance of digital communication in the physical layer of a network
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 3
CO3 3 3 2 1 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 1
UIT2311 DATABASE TECHNOLOGY LAB 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the students
● To learn in creating and populating a database.
● To familiarize with a query language.
● To enforce integrity constraints on a database.
● To practice advanced SQL queries.
● To understand functions, procedures, and procedural extensions of databases.
● To design a database application with frontend tools.
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
1. Database Development Life cycle:

- Problem definition and Requirement analysis
- Scope and Constraints
2. Database design using Conceptual modeling (ER-EER) – top-down approach
- Mapping conceptual to relational database and validate using Normalization
3. Implement the database using SQL Data definition with constraints, Views
4. Query the database using SQL Manipulation
5. Querying/Managing the database using SQL Programming
- Stored Procedures/Functions
- Constraints and security using Triggers
6. Database design using Normalization – bottom-up approach
7. Mini-project
Flutter (Javascript) / Python Flask / Standalone application
SQL:
1. Data Definition commands, Data Manipulation commands for inserting, deleting, updating and
retrieving tables and Transaction Control statements.
2. Creating a database to set various constraints.
3. Database Querying – Simple queries, Nested queries, Sub queries, Join queries, Correlated
queries, Recursive queries.
4. Views, Sequences, Synonyms, Indexes.
PL/SQL:
5. Procedures and Functions.
6. Packages.
7. Implicit and Explicit Cursors.
8. Triggers.
9. Implementation of ADODB - Standalone and Web
10. Implementation of ADO - Standalone and Web
11. Database Connectivity with Front End tools.
12. Queries of MongoDB
13. Application Development using RDBMS and MongoDB.
● Inventory control system.
● Hospital management system.
● Railway reservation system.
● Web based user identification System.
● Timetable management system.
● Hotel management system.
● Library information system.
● Logistics management system.
● Retail-shop management system.
● Employee information system.
● Payroll system.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student should be able to
1. Design and implement a database schema for a given problem-domain.
2. Design a database and query using SQL DML/DDL commands.
3. Create procedures using PL/SQL.
4. Design and build any GUI application.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2 2
CO2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 3 2 3 2 2 3 2 2 1
UIT2312 PROGRAMMING AND DESIGN PATTERNS LAB 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
1. Implement simple ADTs using Python objects and classes.
2. Create Python modules and packages.
3. Programs with inheritance and polymorphism
4. Programs with abstract classes
5. Programs with exception handling
6. Object and Data Serialization
7. Programs with selected design patterns
8. Unit testing and Pytest
9. Programs using Concurrency and async i/o.
10.Mini project covering all the concepts.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Design and implement ADTs using Python modules and packages
2. Judiciously select and apply object-oriented concepts for software development
3. Implement object persistence and serialization techniques
4. Develop test cases and perform systematic testing of object-oriented software
5. Develop software systems with sub-systems running concurrently communicating and
collaborating with each other
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 2 1
CO2 1 2 1 2 3
CO3 1 2 1 1
CO4 1 1 1 2 1
CO5 2 1 2 2 2
UMA2476 PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS 3 1 0 4
OBJECTIVES
● Identify the standard distributions and apply them in solving problems.
● Solve problems in joint probabilities and to find correlation between them.
● Perform hypothesis testing using normal, t, f, chi square distribution
● Evaluate the tests of significance in analysis of variance.
● Calculate the various statistical quality control measurements.
UNIT I RANDOM VARIABLES 12
Random Variables - Discrete and continuous random variables - Moments - Moment generating
functions - Binomial, Poisson, Geometric, Uniform, Exponential and Normal distribution –
Functions of Random Variable
UNIT II TWO-DIMENSIONAL RANDOM VARIABLE 12

Joint distribution - Marginal and Conditional distributions - Covariance - Correlation and Linear
regression - Transformation of random variables - Central limit theorem (for independent and
identically distributed random variables).
UNIT III TESTS OF SIGNIFICANCE 12

Sampling distributions - Small and large sample test - Test based on Normal and t distribution
(Single and difference of mean), χ2-Test for goodness of fit, Independence of attributes, F test for
variance.
UNIT IV DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS 12
Completely randomized design - Randomized block design - Latin square design - 22 factorial
design.
UNIT V STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL 12

Control charts for measurements ( 𝑋̅ and R charts) - Control charts for attributes (p, c and np
charts) - Tolerance limits - Acceptance sampling.
TOTAL HOURS: 60
TEXT BOOKS
1. Milton, J. S. and Arnold, J.C., Introduction to Probability and Statistics, Tata McGraw
Hill, New Delhi, 4th Edition, 2014.
2. Johnson, R.A. and Gupta, C.B., Miller and Freund’s Probability and Statistics for
Engineers, Pearson Education, Asia, 9th Edition, 2016.
REFERENCES
1. Devore, J.L., Probability and Statistics for Engineering and the Sciences,
Thomson Brooks/Cole, International Student Edition, New Delhi, 8th Edition, 2012.
2. Walpole, R.E., Myers, R.H., Myers, S.L. and Ye, K., Probability and Statistics for
Engineers and Scientists, Pearson Education, Asia, 9th Edition, 2012.
3. Ross, S.M., Introduction to Probability and Statistics for Engineers and Scientists,
Elsevier, New Delhi, 5th Edition, 2014.
4. Spiegel, M.R., Schiller, J. and Srinivasan, R.A., Schaum’s Outline of Theory and
Problems of Probability and Statistics, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 3rd Edition,
2017.
5. Gupta, S.C and Kapoor, V.K., Fundamentals of Mathematical Statistics, Sultan and
Chand Company, New Delhi, 12th Edition, 2020.
COURSE OUTCOMES
CO1: identify standard distributions and apply them.
CO2: solve problems in two dimensional random variables and find the correlation
between them.
CO3: identify and apply the suitable testing of hypothesis under normal, t, F and chi square
distribution
CO4: solve problems in analysis of variance.
CO5: analyze quality control by applying control chart methods.
CO6: application of Random variables, Design of Experiments and control charts in engineering
problems
CO-PO MAPPING
CO1 3 2
CO2 3 2
CO3 3 2
CO4 3 2 1
CO5 3 2
CO6 3 2 1
UIT2401 MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the architecture and operation of the 8086 microprocessor and ARM microcontroller.
• Learn the addressing mode and programming model of Intel X86 Processor, and ARM architecture
• Acquire Assembly language programming skills.
• Explore to basic peripherals, its programming and interfacing techniques of microprocessor and
controllers
• Develop applications using Intel X86 Processors and ARM Microcontrollers
UNIT I INTEL X86 MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE 9

Introduction to Microprocessor and Computer - Evolution of Microprocessor - Computer Data Formats,
Internal Microprocessor Architecture - Programming Model Addressing Mode - Data Addressing Mode -
Program Memory Addressing Modes - Stack Addressing Modes - Data Movement Instructions - Arithmetic
and Logical Instruction - Program Control Instruction
UNIT II THE 8086 PROCESSOR AND MEMORY INTERFACING 9

8086 Architecture -Signal descriptions of 8086, Physical memory organization, Bus Buffering and Latching
- Bus Timing, Ready and Wait States - Minimum Mode Versus Maximum Mode
assembler directives, Memory Interfacing - Memory Devices, Address Decoding - X86 Memory
Interfacing - 8086 Assembly language programming - Interrupts and interrupt service routines
UNIT III I/O & BUS INTERFACING 9

Programmable Peripheral Interface (8255), Programmable Interval Timer (8253), Programmable Interrupt
Controller (8259) Programmable Communication Interface, Bus Interface- Peripheral Component
Interconnect Bus (PCI) - The Universal Serial Bus (USB) - Accelerated Graphics Port (AGP) Controller
Area Network Interface, Zigbee wireless Interface.
UNIT IV ARM MICROPROCESSOR ARCHITECTURE 9

ARM Design Philosophy, Overview of ARM architecture States [ARM, Thumb, Jazelle], ARM Processor
Fundamentals - Registers, Current Program Status Register, Pipeline, Exception, Interrupt, Vector Tables,
Core Extension, Arm Processor Families
UNIT V ARM PROGRAMMING AND ARM CONTROLLER 9
ARM Instruction- data processing instructions, branch instructions, load-store instructions, SWI
instruction, Loading instructions, conditional Execution, Assembly Programming. Thumb Instruction-
Thumb Registers, ARM Thumb interworking. ARM Microcontroller -Features of the LPC 214X -
Programming LPC2148 Case Study: ARM Cortex M Microcontroller
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Brey, Barry B. The Intel microprocessors, Pearson Publication, 2008
2. Andrew N Sloss, Dominic Symes, Chris Wright, ARM System Developer’s Guide, 2012,
Morgan Kaufmann Publishers.
REFERENCES:
1. A. K. Ray, K. M. Bhurchandi, Advanced Microprocessors and Peripherals, Architecture,
Programming and Interfacing, Sixth Edition Reprint, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company
Limited, New Delhi, 2nd edition 2006.
2. Jochen Steve Furber, “ARM System-on-Chip Architecture”, Addison Wesley Trade Computer
Publications, Second Edition, 2000.
3. Doughlas V. Hall, Microprocessors and Interfacing, Programming and Hardware, TMH, 2012.
4. Mathur A. P., Introduction to Microprocessors, Third Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing
Company Limited, New Delhi, 1989.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain the addressing modes, assembly language programming of X86, and ARM.
2. Explain architecture of 8086.
3. Design and develop assembly language programs.
4. Interface different external memory and peripheral devices with microprocessors and micro
controller
5. Analyze a problem and formulate appropriate computing solution for microprocessor-based
application
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 1 2 3
CO4 2 3
CO5 1 3
UIT2402 ADVANCED DATA STRUCTURES AND 3 0 2 3 5

ALGORTIHM ANALYSIS
OBJECTIVES:
• Use hierarchical data structures for solving problems
• Understand and apply different algorithm design techniques
• Analyze formulations of problems and algorithms for time and space efficiency
• Understand intractability and characterize NP problems
UNIT I ADVANCED NON-LINEAR DATA STRUCTURES 9
Review of Algorithm Analysis and Asymptotic Notations – Splay trees – amortized analysis – B+-Trees and
database indexing – Red-Black trees – Skew Heaps – Binomial Heaps – Fibonacci Heaps
UNIT II STATE-SPACE APPROACH AND DIVIDE-AND-CONQUER 9

State-space approach – exhaustive search: DFS, BFS, Iterative Deepening - Divide and Conquer: Merge Sort,
Quick Sort, Closest Pairs Problem, Convex Hull Problem.
UNIT III DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING AND GREEDY TECHNIQUE 9

Dynamic programming: Computing a Binomial Coefficient – Warshall’s and Floyd’s algorithm– Bellman
Ford Algorithm- Optimal Binary search trees – Greedy Technique: Minimum Spanning Tree –Dijkstra’s
Algorithm – 0/1 Knapsack problem – Huffman coding
.
UNIT IV BACKTRACKING AND ITERATIVE IMPROVEMENT 9
Backtracking – N-Queens problem – Hamiltonian Circuit Problem – Subset Sum Problem – Graph Coloring
– Iterative Improvement – Stable Marriage Problem – Maximum-Flow Problem – Maximum Matching in
Bipartite Graphs.
UNIT V INTRACTABILITY 9
Branch and Bound – Knapsack problem – Traveling salesman problem – Introduction to intractability –
Polynomial reductions – SAT and 3-SAT – NP-complete and NP-Hard problems – Approximation
algorithms: Traveling salesman problem – Knapsack problem – Introduction to randomized and parallel
algorithms.
THEORY: 45 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Implementation of splay trees
2. Implementation of B+ trees
3. Implementation of state space search algorithms
4. Implementation of divide-and-conquer algorithm for closest-pairs problem
5. Implementation of Huffman coding
6. Implementation of disjoint sets and Kruskal’s algorithm
7. Implementation of dynamic programming algorithms --- computing binomial coefficients, Bellman-
Ford algorithm
8. Implementation of backtracking algorithms to solve n-Queens and Hamilton circuits problems
9. Implementation of iterative improvement strategy for stable marriage and maxflow problems
10. Implementation of Branch and Bound technique to solve knapsack and TSP problems
11. Implementation of approximation algorithms for knapsack and TSP problems
12. Implementation of parallel and randomized algorithms
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
EXPERIENCIAL LEARNING:
Students are divided into teams of size not exceeding seven.
Each team will be given a project as a context.
4. Coding Standards and Configuration Management : 15%
PROJECT: 45 HOURS
TOTAL: 120 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Anany Levitin, “Introduction to the Design and Analysis of Algorithms”, Third Edition, Pearson
Education, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Jon Kleinberg and Eva Tardos, “Algorithm Design”, Pearson Education, 2006.
2. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data Structures and Algorithm Analysis in C++”, Pearson Education, Fourth
Edition, 2014
3. S. Skiena, “The Algorithm Design Manual”, 2nd Edition, Springer, 2008.
4. Sara Baase and Allen Van Gelder, "Computer Algorithms", Third Edition, Pearson Education,
2000.
5. S. Sridhar, "Design and Analysis of Algorithms", Oxford university press, 2014.
6. Thomas H Cormen, Charles E Leiserson, Ronald L Rivest, Clifford Stein, "Introduction to
Algorithms'', 3rd Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited, 2012.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Design and implement algorithms using hierarchical data structures
2. Judiciously select and apply algorithm design techniques for efficiently solving problems
3. Analyze the time and space complexity of algorithms and their implementations
4. Explain intractability and characterization of NP problems
5. Apply best practices for IT project management for design and development of software intensive
systems
6. Communicate efficiently in team meetings & presentations and prepare documents in the context
of software development projects
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 3
CO2 3 2 2 1 3
CO3 3 1 1 3
CO4 2 1 1 3
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3
CO6 3 3 3 3 2 2 3
UIT2403 DATA COMMUNICATION AND NETWORKS 3 0 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the division of network functionalities into layers
• Be familiar with the components required to build distinct types of networks
• Understand the required functionality at each layer
• Develop network applications
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO NETWORKS 8

Network Introduction: Evolution of Computer Networks, Classification of computer Networks LAN, WAN,
MAN, Network Topology: BUS, STAR, RING, MESH, OSI Layered Architecture, TCP/IP architecture
UNIT II PHYSICAL LAYER AND MEDIA ACCESS 10

Basic Communication: Modulation, Sampling, Quantization - ADC – DAC – Transmission media: Wired and
Wireless, Medium Access Control Techniques: Random, Round Robin, Reservation: ALOHA Pure and
Slotted, CSMA/CD-CSMA/CA- Ethernet-Token Ring-Token Bus-ARQ 3 Types, Data Link Layer design
issues: Error Detection Codes, Parity Check, Checksum Error Correction Codes, Hamming codes, IEEE
Standards: Bluetooth (802.15).
UNIT III NETWORK LAYER AND INTERNETWORKING 9

Network Devices: Router, Switch, HUB, Bridge, Routing: Static Routing, Introduction to dynamic routing,
RIP v1 and RIP v2- OSPF-DSDV. Basic Internetworking: IP - CIDR - ARP - DHCP - ICMP.
UNIT IV TRANSPORT LAYER AND SOCKET PROGRAMMING 9

Overview of Transport layer: UDP - Reliable byte stream (TCP), Connection management: Flow control –
Retransmission – TCP Congestion control, Congestion avoidance: DECbit – RED – Socket Programming:
TCP, UDP.
UNIT V APPLICATION LAYER 9

Traditional applications – electronic mails (SMTP, POP3, IMAP, MIME)– HTTP – File transfer protocol –
SSH – DNS – SNMP – Introduction to network security.
TOTALHOURS: 45
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Behrouz A Forouzan, “Data Communication and Networking”, Fifth Edition, The McGraw Hills,
2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Larry L. Peterson and Bruce S. Davie, “Computer Networks – A systems Approach”, Fifth Edition,
Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
2. James F Kurose, Keith W Ross, “Computer Networking, A Top-Down Approach Featuring the
Internet”, 6th Edition, Pearson Education, 2013.
3. William Stallings, “Data and Computer Communication”, 10th Edition, Pearson, 2014.
4. Andrew S. Tanenbaum and David J. Wetherall, “Computer Networks”, Fifth Edition, Pearson,
2013.
5. Nader F Mir, “Computer and Communication Networks”, 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, 2014.
6. Ying-Dar Lin, Ren-Hung Hwang, Fred Baker, “Computer Networks: An Open-Source Approach”,
McGraw Hill Publisher, 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Identify the components required to build different types of networks.
2. Choose the required functionality at each layer for given application.
3. Identify solution for each functionality at each layer.
4. Ability to trace and interpret information flow in the network
5. Understand the functionalities of network application services
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 2 3 3 1 1
CO2 2 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1
CO5 3 2 2 3 3 1 1
UIT2404 AUTOMATA THEORY AND COMPILER DESIGN 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Construct automata for any given pattern and find its equivalent regular expressions.
• Understand different phases of the compiler and various parsing techniques
• Learn how to generate machine codes.
• Understand Turing machines and basics of theory of computation
• Understand undecidability and semi-decidability
UNIT I FINITE AUTOMATA 9

Introduction: Basic Mathematical Notation and techniques - Finite State Systems - Basic Definitions, Finite
Automaton: DFA – NDFA – with ε-moves, Regular Languages: Regular Expression Equivalence of NFA
and DFA – Equivalence of finite Automaton and regular expressions – Minimization of DFA – Pushdown
Automata.
UNIT II GRAMMARS 9
Grammar Introduction: Types of Grammar, Context Free Grammars and Languages, Derivations,
Simplification of CFG: Elimination of Useless Symbols Simplification of CFG: Unit productions, Null
productions, Chomsky normal form, Greibach Normal form – phases of a compiler – lexical analysis
UNIT III LEXICAL AND SYNTAX ANALYSIS 9

Need and Role of the Parser –Top-Down parsing: Recursive Descent Parsing – Predictive Parsing - Bottom-
up parsing: Shift Reduce Parsing, Operator Precedence Parsing, LR Parsers: Canonical LR Parser – LALR
Parser - Error Handling and Recovery.
UNIT IV CODE GENERATION AND TURING MACHINES 9

Intermediate Code Generation: Syntax Directed Definitions, Syntax Directed Translation Schemes – Three
address code - Translation of Expressions- Code Generation: Issues in Design of a Code Generator, A
Simple Code Generator Algorithm. Turing Machines: Introduction - Instantaneous descriptions, Turing
Machine as Acceptors - Turing Machine for computing functions (Transducer) - Turing Machine
Constructions
UNIT V UNDECIDABILITY 9
Undecidability: Basic definitions – Decidable Problems – Examples of undecidable problems – Semi-
decidability – Rice’s Theorem, problems about Turing Machine – Post’s Correspondence Problem –
Properties of Recursive and Recursively enumerable languages.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. John E Hopcroft and Jeffery D Ullman, Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages and
Computations, Narosa Publishing House, 2002.
2. Alfred V Aho, Monica S. Lam, Ravi Sethi and Jeffrey D Ullman, Compilers – Principles,
Techniques and Tools, 2nd Edition, Pearson Education, 2007.
REFERENCES:
1. Michael Sipser, "Introduction of the Theory of Computation", Second Edition, Thomson
Brokecole, 2006.
2. J. Martin, "Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation", Third Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2003.
3. V. Raghavan, Principles of Compiler Design, Tata McGraw Hill Education Publishers, 2010.
4. Muneeswaran. K, ―Compiler Design, Oxford University Press, 2012
5. Steven S. Muchnick, ―Advanced Compiler Design and Implementation, Morgan Kaufmann
Publishers - Elsevier Science, India, Indian Reprint 2003.
6. Randy Allen, Ken Kennedy, ―Optimizing Compilers for Modern Architectures: A Dependence-
based Approach, Morgan Kaufmann Publishers, 2002.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students will be able to
1. Construct automata, regular expression for any pattern.
2. Write Context free grammar for any construct.
3. Build the different Phases of compiler and apply the various optimization techniques.
4. Design Turing machine for a given language
5. Explain decidability, semi-decidability, and undecidability
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1
CO3 2 2 2
CO4 2 1 1 1 2
CO5 2 1 1 1 2
UIT2411 NETWORK PROGRAMMING LAB 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
The student should be made to:
• Learn socket programming.
• Be familiar with simulation tools.
• Have hands on experience on various networking protocols.
LIST OF EXCERCISES:
Tools: Python Twisted, Cisco Packet Tracer, Wireshark, NS2/NS3, Cooja
1. Implementation of Stop and Wait Protocol and Sliding Window Protocol.

2. Study of Socket Programming and Client – Server model
3. Write a code simulating ARP /RARP protocols.
4. Write a code simulating PING and TRACEROUTE commands
5. Create a socket for HTTP for web page upload and download.
6. Write a program to implement RPC (Remote Procedure Call)
7. Implementation of Subnetting.
8. Applications using TCP Sockets like
a. Echo client and echo server
b. Chat
c. File Transfer
9. Applications using TCP and UDP Sockets like
a. DNS
b. SNMP
c. File Transfer
10. Study of Network simulator (NS).and Simulation of Congestion Control Algorithms using
NS
11. Perform a case study about the different routing algorithms to select the network path with
its optimum and economical during data transfer.
a. Link State routing
b. Flooding
c. Distance vector
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
REFERENCES:
1. Dr. M.O. Faruque Sarker, Sam Washington, “Learning Python Network Programming”,
Packt Publisher, OReilly, June 2015.
2. Brandon Rhodes, John Goerzen, “Foundations of Python Network Programming”, 3rd
Edition, APress, 2014
3. https://www.w3schools.in/python-tutorial/network-programming/
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to
1. Ability to study and implement network sockets
2. Study and analyze the performance of networking protocols
3. Ability to work with network simulation tools
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1
CO2 2 2 2 1 1
CO3 2 1 2 1 1

DIGITAL SYSTEMS AND MICROPROCESSOR
UIT2412 0 0 3 1.5
LAB
OBJECTIVES:
● Learn the functionalities of basic digital circuits
● Master the Assembly Language Programming using 8086 Processor.
● Learn the interfacing of peripheral devices with the microprocessor and microcontrollers
● Learn the features of ARM controller using ARM trainer Kit/Raspberry Pi/Arduino Boards.
● Learn about the Micro Python programming for Raspberry Pi and Arduino.
1. Study of Logic gates, flip-flops, and counters.
2. 8086 ALP Programs (Using Kit and MASM).
a. 8 and, 16-bit Arithmetic operations (Using Kit and MASM).
b. Sorting and searching of numbers.
c. String manipulation operations.
d. Implementing Digital clock.
3. Interfacing using Microprocessor and ARM Microcontroller (Using Kit)
a. DAC for waveform generation.
b. Interfacing to simulate Traffic Light controller signals.
c. Interfacing Stepper Motor.
4. Micro python programming using ARM Embedded Trainer Kit/ Raspberry Pi / Arduino
boards.
a. LED on/off control.
b. Triggering Notification using sensors.
c. Generation of PWM output.
d. Reading analog inputs and writing analog outputs.
5. Flutter / Kotlin Multiplatform applications using ARM
6. Mini projects using any microcontroller, sensors, actuators and Zigbee/communication module
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Write ALP for 8086 processor and ARM Processor
2. Develop systems with interfacing peripheral devices with microprocessor & Controller.
3. Create ALP to solve simple problems using ARM board
4. Develop real time applications using interfacing various peripherals and processor.
5. Solve simple problems using Micro python
6. Design and develop suitable autonomous applications for the given situation using ARM
Board/ARM Embedded Trainer Kit/ Raspberry Pi / Arduino board
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 3
CO2 3 2 1 1 3
CO3 3 2 1 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 3
CO5 2
CO6 2 1

PRINCIPLES OF SOFTWARE ENGINEERING AND
UIT2501 3 0 0 3
PRACTICES
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the process and its models.
• To understand fundamental concepts of Requirements Engineering and Analysis Modelling.
• To understand the design principles.
• To learn various testing and maintenance measures.
UNIT I SOFTWARE LIFE CYCLE MODELS 9

Process: Definition, Benefits of well-defined process, Generic phases, Verify and validate – Software life
cycle models: Waterfall model, Prototyping model, RAD model, Spiral model, Agile methodologies.
UNIT II REQUIREMENTS ENGINEERING 9

Understanding requirements: Functional and Non-Functional, Requirement Engineering Process:
Feasibility studies, Requirements elicitation and analysis, Requirements validation, Requirements
management, Modelling requirements: Data Flow Diagram, Entity Relation Diagram, Data Dictionary,
State Transition Diagram – Software Requirements Document
UNIT III SOFTWARE DESIGN 9
Design process and concepts – Popular design methods: Modular Decomposition, Event- oriented, Object-
oriented design – Transition from Analysis to Design – Architectural Styles: Pipes & filters, Call and return
systems, Object-oriented systems, Layered Systems, Data Centered systems – Structured Design:
principles, strategies for converting DFD into Structure chart – How to measure the goodness of the design:
coupling, cohesion, types.
UNIT IV TESTING 9
Software testing fundamentals – Testing approaches – Black Box Testing: Equivalence partitioning,
Boundary Value Analysis – White box testing: basis path testing – Test coverage criteria based on Data
flow mechanisms – Regression Testing – Levels of Testing: Unit Testing, Integration Testing, System
Testing, Acceptance Testing.
UNIT V UMBRELLA ACTIVITIES 9

Risk Management – Identification, Projection, RMMM - Software Configuration Management: Definitions
and terminology, processes and activities, Configuration audit – Software Quality Assurance: Quality
Definition, Quality of Conformance, Cost and benefits of quality, Quality control and Quality assurance.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering – A practitioner’s Approach”, Seventh Edition, McGraw-
Hill International Edition, 2017.
2. Ian Sommerville, “Software Engineering”, Tenth Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Rajib Mall, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, Third Edition, PHI Learning Private Limited,
2009
2. Kelkar S. A., “Software Engineering”, Prentice Hall of India Pvt Ltd, 2007
3. Pankaj Jalote, “Software Engineering – A Precise Approach”, Wiley India, 2010.
4. Ghezzi, “Fundamentals of Software Engineering”, Second Edition, Pearson Education India, 2015.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Identify the key phases and compare different process models.
2. Apply the concepts of Requirements Engineering and Analysis modelling.
3. Apply systematic procedure for software design and deployment.
4. Compare and contrast various testing strategies.
5. Apply umbrella activities from inception till maintenance.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3
CO2 1 1 1 1 1 2 3
CO3 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 2
CO4 1 1 1 1 3 2
CO5 1 2 1 1 1 2 2
UIT2502 DATA ANALYTICS & VISUALIZATION 3 0 2 4
OBJECTIVES:
● Understand the challenges and processes in data analytics
● Apply descriptive data analytics and visualization techniques
● Apply inferential data analytics
● Build and evaluate models for predictive analytics
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DATA SCIENCE 8

Need for data science – benefits and uses – facets of data – data science process – setting the research goal –
retrieving data – cleansing, integrating, and transforming data – exploratory data analysis – build the models
– presenting and building applications.
UNIT II DESCRIPTIVE ANALYTICS AND VISUALIZATION 10

Frequency distributions – Outliers –interpreting distributions – graphs – averages - describing variability –
interquartile range – variability for qualitative and ranked data - Normal distributions – z scores –correlation
– scatter plots – regression – regression line – least squares regression line – standard error of estimate –
interpretation of r2 – multiple regression equations – regression toward the mean.
UNIT III INFERENTIAL STATISTICS 9

Populations – samples – random sampling – Sampling distribution- standard error of the mean - Hypothesis
testing – z-test – z-test procedure –decision rule – calculations – decisions – interpretations - one-tailed and
two-tailed tests – Estimation – point estimate – confidence interval – level of confidence – effect of sample
size.
UNIT IV ANALYSIS OF VARIANCE 9

t-test for one sample – sampling distribution of t – t-test procedure – t-test for two independent samples – p-
value – statistical significance – t-test for two related samples. F-test – ANOVA – Two-factor experiments –
three f-tests – two-factor ANOVA –Introduction to chi-square tests.
UNIT V PREDICTIVE ANALYTICS 9

Linear least squares – implementation – goodness of fit – testing a linear model – weighted resampling.
Regression using StatsModels – multiple regression – nonlinear relationships – logistic regression –
estimating parameters – Time series analysis – moving averages – missing values – serial correlation –
autocorrelation. Introduction to survival analysis.
THEORY: 45HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
Tools: Python, Numpy, Scipy, Matplotlib, Pandas, statmodels, seaborn, plotly, bokeh
1. Working with Numpy arrays

2. Working with Pandas data frames
3. Basic plots using Matplotlib
4. Frequency distributions, Averages, Variability
5. Normal curves, Correlation and scatter plots, Correlation coefficient
6. Regression
7. Z-test
8. T-test
9. ANOVA
10. Building and validating linear models
11. Building and validating logistic models
12. Time series analysis
PRACTICAL: 30HOURS
TOTAL: 75HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. David Cielen, Arno D. B. Meysman, and Mohamed Ali, “Introducing Data Science”, Manning
Publications, 2016. (first two chapters for Unit I).
2. Robert S. Witte and John S. Witte, “Statistics”, Eleventh Edition, Wiley Publications, 2017.
3. Jake VanderPlas, “Python Data Science Handbook”, O’Reilly, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Allen B. Downey, “Think Stats: Exploratory Data Analysis in Python”, Green Tea Press, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student should be able to:
1. Explain end-to-end data analytics pipeline
2. Use appropriate tools to describe and visualize data
3. Perform various statistical analysis to make statistical inferences
4. Build, validate and communicate data analytical models for complex engineering problems
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 1
CO2 3 2 2 3
CO3 3 2 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 3
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T P

C
UIT2503 PRINCIPLES OF OPERATING SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Understand the basic concepts and functions of operating systems.
● Learn about processes, threads, and scheduling algorithms.
● Understand the principles of concurrency and deadlocks.
● Learn various memory management schemes.
● Understand I/O systems basics and various file systems.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO OPERATING SYSTEMS 9

Introduction: Defining Operating Systems - Operating System objectives and functions - The evolution of
Operating Systems - Operating System operations, Operating System structures: Operating System Services
- System calls - System programs - Operating System structure - Developments leading to modern Operating
Systems - Virtual machines- OS design considerations for multiprocessor and multicore - Operating System
generation - System boot.
UNIT II PROCESSES AND THREADS 9

Processes: Process concept - Process scheduling - Operations on processes – Inter-process communication,
Threads: Multi core programming - Multithreading models - Threading issues, CPU Scheduling: Basic
concepts - Scheduling criteria - Scheduling algorithms - Thread scheduling.
UNIT III CONCURRENCY 9

Process Synchronization: Background - The Critical Section problem - Peterson’s solution -
Synchronization hardware - Mutex Locks - Semaphores - Classic problems of synchronization, Deadlocks:
System model - Deadlock characterization - Methods for handling deadlocks: Deadlock prevention,
Deadlock avoidance, Deadlock detection, Recovery from deadlock.
UNIT IV MEMORY MANAGEMENT 9
Main Memory: Background – Swapping - Contiguous Memory Allocation – Segmentation – Paging -
Structure of the Page Table – Virtual Memory: Background - Demand Paging - Copy-on-Write - Page
Replacement - Allocation of Frames – Thrashing.
UNIT V STORAGE MANAGEMENT 9

Mass-Storage Structure: Disk Structure - Disk Scheduling - Disk Management - Swap-Space Management
- I/O Systems Basics - File-System Interface: File concept - Access methods - Directory and Disk Structure
- File-System Implementation: File-System Structure - File-System implementation - Directory
implementation - Allocation methods - Free-Space management - Case studies: FAT, NTFS File Systems.
THEORY: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Abraham Silberschatz, Peter Baer Galvin, and Greg Gagne, “Operating System Concepts”, Tenth
Edition, John Wiley and Sons Inc., 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. William Stallings, “Operating Systems – Internals and Design Principles”, Ninth Edition, Pearson,
2018.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, Albert S. Woodhull, “Operating Systems Design and Implementation”,
Third Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
3. Brian L. Stuart, “Principles of Operating Systems: Design & Applications”, First Edition, Thomson
Learning, 2009.
4. Gary Nutt, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2004.
5. Harvey M. Deitel, Paul J. Deitel, and David R. Choffnes, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition,
6. Achyut S. Godbole, Atul Kahate, “Operating Systems”, Third Edition, McGraw Hill Education,
2017.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain operating system services and operations.
2. Implement various scheduling algorithms.
3. Apply the principles of concurrency.
4. Compare and contrast various memory management schemes.
5. Analyze the various disk scheduling algorithms
6. Design and implement prototype file systems.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1
CO2 3 2 1 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 1
CO6 3 2 1 1 1
UIT2504 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the basic concepts of intelligent agents
• Develop general-purpose problem-solving agents, logical reasoning agents, and agents that reason
under uncertainty
• Employ AI techniques to solve some of today’s real-world problems.
UNITI INTELLIGENT AGENTS 9

Introduction to AI – Agents and Environments – concept of rationality – nature of environments – structure
of agents. Problem solving agents – search algorithms – uninformed search strategies.
UNITII PROBLEM SOLVING 9

Heuristic search strategies – heuristic functions. Local search and optimization problems – local search in
continuous space – search with non-deterministic actions – search in partially observable environments –
online search agents and unknown environments
UNITIII GAME PLAYING AND CSP 9

Game theory – optimal decisions in games – alpha-beta search – monte-carlo tree search – stochastic games
– partially observable games. Constraint satisfaction problems – constraint propagation – backtracking
search for CSP – local search for CSP – structure of CSP.
UNITIV LOGICAL AGENTS 9

Knowledge-based agents – propositional logic – propositional theorem proving – propositional model
checking – agents based on propositional logic. First-order logic – syntax and semantics – knowledge
representation and engineering – inferences in first-order logic – forward chaining – backward chaining –
resolution.
UNITV PROBABILISTIC REASONING 9

Acting under uncertainty – Bayesian inference – naïve bayes models. Probabilistic reasoning – Bayesian
networks – exact inference in BN – approximate inference in BN – causal networks.
THEORY: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence – A Modern Approach”, Fourth Edition,
REFERENCES:
1. Dan W. Patterson, “Introduction to AI and ES”, Pearson Education,2007
2. Kevin Night, Elaine Rich, and Nair B., “Artificial Intelligence”, McGraw Hill, 2008
3. Patrick H. Winston, "Artificial Intelligence", Third Edition, Pearson Education, 2006
4. Deepak Khemani, “Artificial Intelligence”, Tata McGraw Hill Education, 2013 (http://nptel.ac.in/)
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the foundations of artificial intelligence (AI) and autonomous agents that make
effective decisions in various environmental settings, their scope and limitations.
2. Apply basic principles of AI in solutions that require problem solving, inference under certainty
and uncertainty, perception, knowledge representation, and learning
3. Define complex problems in AI terms, and solve them by analyzing appropriate AI agents.
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2 3 2

UIT2511 SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT PROJECT – II 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
● Apply the software engineering principles and practices in developing software systems that
use artificial intelligence techniques
● Manage software projects using enduring principles
● Judiciously select and use modern tools for software development
Carry out team project to solve a real-world problem that requires significant ideas from Artificial
Intelligence. Each team should follow the best principles and practices for software development,
and demonstrate their abilities to:
1. Choose and follow a team process
2. Identify and manage risks
3. Prepare Statement of Work (SoW)
4. Identify and document the functional and quality attributes of the product
5. Perform high-level and low-level design activities
6. Estimate and track the cost
7. Perform work break-down (WBS)
8. Prepare macro and micro plans and track them
9. Develop and test the software in iterations
10. Carry out configuration management and quality assurance activities
11. Conduct and contribute in different types of meetings
12. Prepare necessary documents and make effective presentations
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Apply systematic approach to software development using enduring principles and best practices
2. Design, implement, and evaluate software to meet business requirements of users
3. Judiciously select and apply artificial intelligence techniques in their computing solutions
4. Apply best practices for IT project management
5. Communicate efficiently in team meetings & presentations and prepare documents
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 1
CO2 1 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 1
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 3 3
CO4 1 2 1 2 3 2 1
CO5 1 1 2 3 1
UIT2512 OPERATING SYSTEMS PRACTICES LAB 0 0 3 1.5
OBJECTIVES:
● Install and configure operating systems
● Develop software using operating system services
● Learn to create and manage processes and threads
● Understand CPU scheduling algorithms, memory allocation algorithms, and page replacement
algorithms
● Understand disk scheduling, file allocation methods, and file organization techniques.
LIST OF EXCERCISES:
1. Install and configure operating systems in bare metal and virtual machines
2. Implement selected operating system services
3. Develop software using operating system services
4. Develop software using processes and threads
5. Implement selected CPU scheduling algorithms
6. Implement selected memory management algorithms
7. Implementselected storage management algorithms
8. Mini-project
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
REFERENCES:
1. The Linux Knowledge Base and Tutorial:http://www.linux-tutorial.info/
2. http://nptel.ac.in/
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Install and configure operating systems
2. Implement operating system services
3. Automate routine operating system maintenance tasks
4. Develop software using operating system services
5. Analyze the performance of the various scheduling, memory management, and storage
management algorithms
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 3 2
CO2 3 3 2 1 3
CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2 3
PATTERN RECOGNITION AND MACHINE
UIT2601 3 0 2 4
LEARNING
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the basic concepts and techniques of Machine Learning.
• design and implement machine learning solutions for classification, regression, and clustering
problems.
• design and analyse machine learning experiments
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 9

Review of Linear Algebra for machine learning (delivery through asynchronous mode video lectures);
What is machine learning; Examples of machine learning applications, Vapnik-Chervonenkis (VC)
dimension, Probably Approximately Correct (PAC) learning, Hypothesis spaces, Inductive bias,
Generalization, Bias variance trade-off.
UNIT II SUPERVISED LEARNING: REGRESSION AND CLASSIFICATION 11

Linear Regression Models: Least squares, single & multiple variables, Bayesian linear regression, gradient
descent, Linear Classification Models: Discriminant function – Perceptron algorithm, Probabilistic
discriminative model - Logistic regression, Probabilistic generative model – Naive Bayes, Maximum
margin classifier – Support vector machine, Decision Tree, Case study with California Housing dataset.
UNIT III NEURAL NETWORKS 8

Multilayer perceptron, activation functions, network training – gradient descent optimization – stochastic
gradient descent, error backpropagation, from shallow networks to deep networks –Unit saturation (aka the
vanishing gradient problem) – ReLU, hyperparameter tuning, batch normalization, regularization, dropout.
Case study with UCI heart disease/ CIFAR10 dataset.
UNIT IV ENSEMBLE TECHNIQUES AND UNSUPERVISED LEARNING 8

Combining multiple learners: Model combination schemes, Voting, Ensemble Learning - bagging,
boosting, stacking, Unsupervised learning: K-means, Instance Based Learning: KNN, Gaussian mixture
models and Expectation maximization, Case study with breast cancer dataset.
UNIT V DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF MACHINE LEARNING EXPERIMENTS 9

Guidelines for machine learning experiments, Cross Validation (CV) and resampling – K-fold CV,
bootstrapping, measuring classifier performance, assessing a single classification algorithm and comparing
two classification algorithms – t test, McNemar’s test, K-fold CV paired t test, Case study using
CIFAR10/MNIST/Airline Sentiment datasets.
LECTURE HOURS: 45
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Predicting the age of Abalone (type of snail) using linear regression
2. Detecting spam mails using Naïve Bayes
3. Sentiment classification of movies using decision tress and random forest
4. Recognizing digits using multilayer perceptron
5. Deep neural networks for CIFAR-10
6. Ensemble algorithms
7. Clustering MNIST handwritten dataset using K-means algorithm
8. Model validation and selection using statistical tests
9. Mini-project: students work in team on any socially relevant problem that needs a machine learning
based solution, and evaluate the model performance.
LAB HOURS: 30
TOTALHOURS: 75
TEXTBOOK:
1. Ethem Alpaydin, “Introduction to Machine Learning”, MIT Press, Fourth Edition, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Christopher M. Bishop, “Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning”, Springer, 2006.
2. Tom Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition,1997.
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Data Classification Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press, 2014
4. Mehryar Mohri, Afshin Rostamizadeh, Ameet Talwalkar, “Foundations of Machine Learning”, MIT
Press, 2012.
5. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, “Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016
6. Sebastain Raschka, “Python Machine Learning”, Packt publishing (open source).
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Explain and appreciate the underlying mathematics and paradigms of Machine Learning algorithms.
2. Select the appropriate machine learning approach and suitable model parameters for a given
problem.
3. Design machine learning experiments, and implement machine learning solutions for regression,
classification and clustering problems, and interpret the results.
4. Implement various machine learning algorithms for real-world applications.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3
COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE6 L T P EL C

UIT2602 WEB PROGRAMMING 3 0 2 3 5
OBJECTIVES:
● understand the basics of web technology and software-as-a-service
● fully comprehend a selected platform for web software development
● understand service-oriented architecture and develop micro-services and RESTful APIs
● understand SaaS abstractions and develop client-side code using Javascript ecosystem
● employ software engineering best practices for web programming
UNIT I INTRODUCTION 9
Introduction to web technology – Software-as-a-service – software development processes – quality assurance
– SaaS and service-oriented architecture – cloud computing – HTTP, HTML, and the web – mobile clients –
fallacies and pitfalls. How to learn a new language – learning to learn languages and frameworks – pair
programming – programming using Ruby – Ruby idioms – library management in Ruby – fallacies and pitfalls
UNIT II SAAS ARCHITECTURE AND FRAMEWORKS 9

Client-server architecture – HTTP routes – service-oriented architecture – micro-services – RESTful APIs –
RESTful URIs, API calls, and JSON – fallacies and pitfalls. Model-view-controller architecture – Rails
models (databases and active records) – routes, controllers, and views – Forms – debugging web applications
– fallacies and pitfalls.
UNIT III SAAS ABSTRACTIONS AND CLIENTS 9
DRYing out MVC – single-sign-on and third party authentication – associations and foreign keys – through
associations – RESTful routes for associations – fallacies and pitfalls. Mobile and desktop SaaS clients –
javascript – ECMA script – classes, functions, and constructors – document object model and jQuery – DOM
and accessibility – events and callbacks – AJAX – testing javascript and AJAX – single-page apps and JSON
APIs – fallacies and pitfalls.
UNIT IV REQUIREMENTS AND TESTING 9

Behavior-driven design – user stories – SMART user stories – Lo-Fi user interface sketches and story boards
– points and velocity – agile cost estimation – fallacies and pitfalls. Test-driven development – FIRST, TDD,
and Red-Green refactor – test cases – isolating code – stubbing the Internet – fixtures and factories – coverage
concepts and types of tests – other testing approaches – fallacies and pitfalls.
UNIT V MAINTENANCE AND DESIGN PATTERNS 9

Exploring legacy code base – characterization tests – documenting code – metrics, code smells, and SOFA –
method-level refactoring – fallacies and pitfalls. Patterns, anti-patterns, and SOLID class – single
responsibility principle – Open/Closed principle – Liskov substitution principle – Dependency injection
principle – demeter principle – fallacies and pitfalls.
LECTURE HOURS: 45
LAB COMPONENT:
Selected CHIPS from the text book
LAB HOURS: 30
EXPERIENCIAL LEARNING:
Students are divided into teams; About 7--10 members in a team
Each team will be given a web programming project (using Ruby on Rails) as a context

4. Coding Standards and Configuration Management : 15%
PROJECT HOURS: 45
TOTALHOURS: 120
TEXTBOOK:
1. Armando Fox and David Patterson, “Engineering Software as a Service: An agile approach using
cloud computing”, Second Edition, Pogo Press, 2021.
REFERENCES:
1. Mark Pilgrim, “HTML5: Up and Running”, O’Reilly, 2010.
2. Brad Dayley, Brendan Dayley, Caleb Dayley, “Learning Angular: A Hands-On Guide to Angular
2 and Angular 4”, Second Edition, Addison-Wesley Professional, 2018.
3. Evan Hahn, “Express in Action: Node applications with Express and its companion tools”, First
Edition, Manning Publications, 2015.
4. Kristina Chodorow, Shroff, “Mongodb: The Definitive Guide – Powerful and Scalable Data
Storage”, Second Edition, O’Reilly, 2013.
5. Subbu Allamaraju, RESTful Web Services Cookbook, First Edition, O′Reilly, 2010.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the student will be able to:
1. Explain the basics of web technology and software-as-a-service
2. Employ ruby-on-rails platform for web software development
3. Develop and test micro-services and restful apis
4. Develop client-side code using javascript ecosystem
5. Judiciously select and employ design patterns in web programming
6. Employ software engineering best practices for web programming
7. Apply best practices for IT project management
8. Communicate efficiently in team meetings & presentations and prepare documents
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 1 1 3 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 1 1 3 1 2
CO5 2 2 1 1 1
CO6 2 1 1
CO7 1 1 1 1
CO8 1 1 1
UIT2603 INTERNET OF THINGS AND C PROGRAMMING 3 0 2 4
OBJECTIVES:
• To develop C Programs using basic programming constructs
• To develop C programs using arrays, strings and functions
• To develop applications in C using pointers, structures and files
• To introduce the IoT terminology, technology, and applications
• To introduce the concept of M2M (machine to machine) with necessary protocols
• To introduce the Python Scripting Language which is used in many IoT devices.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO INTERNET OF THINGS 9

Definition and Characteristics of IoT, Sensors, Actuators, Physical Design of IoT – IoT Protocols, IoT
communication models, IoT Communication APIs, IoT enabled Technologies – Wireless Sensor
Networks, Cloud Computing, Embedded Systems, IoT Levels and Templates, Domain Specific IoTs –
Home, City, Environment, Energy, Agriculture and Industry.
UNIT II IoT AND M2M 9

Software defined networks, network function virtualization, difference between SDN and NFV for IoT,
Basics of IoT System Management with NETCOZF, YANG- NETCONF, YANG, SNMP NETOPEER.
UNIT III IoT PHYSICAL DEVICES AND ENDPOINTS 9
Introduction to Arduino and Raspberry Pi – Installation, Interfaces (serial, SPI, I2C), Programming –
Python program with Raspberry PI with focus on interfacing external gadgets, controlling output, reading
input from pins.
UNIT IV BASIC C PROGRAMMING 9

Introduction to programming paradigms - Structure of C program - C programming: Data Types,
Operators: Precedence and Associativity - Expressions - Input/output statements, Assignment statements
– Decision making statements, Arrays: Declaration, Initialization – One dimensional array –Two
dimensional arrays –- String operations, Functions: Function prototype, function definition, function call,
Built-in functions – Recursion – Pointers – Pointer operators – Pointer arithmetic – Arrays and pointers –
Array of pointers
UNIT V POINTERS, STRUCTURES AND FILES 9

Structure – Nested structures – Pointer and Structures – Array of structures – Example Program using
structures and pointers – Self-referential structures – Dynamic memory allocation. Files – Types of file
processing: Sequential access, Random access – Sequential access file - Random access file - Command
line arguments – cross compilation for ARM
LECTURE HOURS: 45
LABORATORY COMPONENT:
1. Mini-project using the C programming language
2. Hands-on Tutorials on Arduino programming
3. Developing simple applications using open platform (like Raspberry Pi)
4. Mini-project using IoT
LAB HOURS: 30
TOTALHOURS: 75
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A Hands-on Approach”, Universities
Press, 2015.
2. Reema Thareja, “Programming in C”, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2016.
3. Kernighan, B.W and Ritchie, D.M., “The C Programming language”, Second Edition, Pearson
Education, 2006
4. Matt Richardson & Shawn Wallace, “Getting Started with Raspberry Pi”, O'Reilly(SPD), 2014.
5. Simon Monk, “Raspberry Pi Cookbook: Software and Hardware Problems and solutions”, O'Reilly
(SPD), 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Peter Waher, 'Learning Internet of Things', Packt Publishing, 2015 3. Editors OvidiuVermesan
2. Peter Friess,'Internet of Things – From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment',River
Publishers, 2014
3. Juneja, B. L and Anita Seth, ―Programming in C‖, CENGAGE Learning India Pvt. Ltd., 2011
4. Peter Friess, 'Internet of Things – From Research and Innovation to Market Deployment, River
Publishers, 2014
5. N. Ida, Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces, SciTech Publishers, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
1. Develop software solutions using C
2. Explain the IoT value chain structure (device, data cloud), application areas and technologies
involved
3. Explain IoT sensors and technological challenges faced by IoT devices, with a focus on wireless,
energy, power, and sensing modules
4. Perform market forecast for IoT devices with a focus on sensors
5. Develop smart solutions using IoT
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1
CO2 1 3 1 2 3
CO3 2 1 1 1 2 3
CO4 1 2 1 3
CO5 3 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3
UIT2611 MOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 0 0 4 2
OBJECTIVES:
● Use Flutter/Kotlin multi-platform environment for building cross-platform mobile applications.
● Demonstrate the knowledge of different programming techniques and patterns for mobile
application development.
● Identify the components and structure of mobile application development frameworks.
● Understand the capabilities and limitations of different platforms.
● Design and develop real-time mobile applications.
● Study and installation of Flutter/Kotlin multi-platform environment
● Develop an application that uses Widgets, GUI components, Font and Colors.
● Develop a native calculator application.
● Develop a gaming application that uses 2-D animations and gestures.
● Develop a movie rating application (similar to IMDB)
● Develop an application to connect to a web service and to retrieve data with HTTP.
● Develop a simple shopping application.
● Design a web server supporting push notifications.
● Develop an application by integrating Google maps
● Mini Projects involving Flutter/Kotlin multi-platform
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Simone Alessandria, Flutter Projects: A practical project-based guide to building real-world cross-
platform mobile applications and games,publisher: packt publishing, www.packt.com.
2. Carmine Zaccagnino, Programming Flutter: Native, Cross-Platform Apps the Easy Way (The
Pragmatic Programmers), publisher: packt publishing, www.packt.com.
3. Gergely Orosz, Building Mobile Applications at Scale:39 Engineering Challenges, amazon.in
4. Souvik Biswas & Codemagic, Flutter Libraries we love, pub.green.
5. ED Freitas, Daniel Jebaraj, Flutter Succinctly, Syncfusion, Inc.
6. Flutter Basics, www.tutorialpoints.com.
7. Learn Google Flutter Fast
8. Antonio Leiva, Kotlin for Android Developers Learn Kotlin the easy way while developing an
Android Applications
PREREQUISITES IN TERMS OF KNOWLEDGE, SKILLS AND OTHER COMPETENCIES:

1. Basic knowledge of modern operating systems (Windows and Linux in particular).
2. Fundamentals of Kotlin.
3. Fundamentals of Flutter.
4. Basic knowledge of the anatomy of Android Application Development using Android Studio.
5. Basic knowledge of mobile technologies.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Design and build simple mobile applications supporting multiple platforms.
2. Apply various programming techniques and patterns to build mobile applications.
3. Build real-time/gaming/multimedia/AI-based mobile applications for society/environment
following ethical practices
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2
CO2 3 3 1 2
CO3 3 3 3 3 2 1 1 3 2

UIT2701 NETWORK AND COMMUNICATION SECURITY 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• understand the fundamentals of Cryptography.
• acquire knowledge on standard algorithms used to provide confidentiality, integrity, and
authenticity.
• understand the various key distribution and management schemes.
• understand how to deploy encryption techniques to secure data in transit across data networks.
• design security applications in the field of Information technology.
UNIT I MATHEMATICS OF CRYPTOGRAPHY 9

Security threats – Attacks and services – Basic Number theory – Congruences – Chinese Remainder theorem
– Modular exponentiation – Fermat and Euler's theorem – Finite fields – Classical crypto systems – Different
types of ciphers – Steganography -LFSR sequences.
UNIT II ENCRYPTION TECHNIQUES 9

Symmetric Key Encryption- Simple DES, Linear and Differential cryptanalysis, DES, Modes of operation,
Triple DES, AES – Public Key Cryptography - Factorization problem and RSA, Discrete Log problem and
Diffie Hellman Key Exchange, Elliptic curve cryptography.
UNIT III HASH FUNCTION AND MESSAGE AUTHENTICATION 9

Requirements and Security of Cryptographic Hash Functions, SHA 256, Message Authentication
Requirements – Message Authentication Functions – Message Authentication Codes – HMAC, Digital
Signatures – Digital Signature Algorithm, Key Management and Distribution.
UNIT IV NETWORK LEVEL SECURITY 9

Remote User Authentication Principles, Kerberos- X.509 Certificate –Electronic Mail Security–PGP–
S/MIME-IP Security – Transport Layer Security, Network Security Concepts and policies, Offences covered
in ITAct 2000.
UNIT V SYSTEM LEVEL SECURITY 9

Intruders, Intrusion Detection, Password Management, Malicious Software: Types, Viruses and Worms,
Countermeasures for Viruses and Worms, DDoS Attacks, Firewalls: Need, Characteristics, Types, Basing,
Location and Configuration of Firewalls.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security – Principles and Practices”, Pearson
Education; Seventh edition, 2017
REFERENCES:
1. Wade Trappe and Lawrence C. Washington, Introduction to Cryptography with Coding Theory”
Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2007
2. Atul Kahate, Cryptography and Network Security, 2nd Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008
3. Bruce Schneier, Applied Cryptography, John Wiley& Sons Inc, 2001.
4. Charles P Fleeger and Shari Lawrence P Fleeger, Security in Computing, Fourth edition, Pearson
Education,2015.
5. William Stallings, Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, Pearson Education
India; 4 edition (2011)
6. Behrouz A Forouzan, Debdeep Mukhopadhyay, Cryptography and Network Security (SIE), Tata
McGraw-Hill Education,2nd edition.2010
7. Catherine Paquet, “Implementing Cisco IOS Network Security (IINS 640-554) Foundation Learning
Guide”, 2nd Edition.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Build basic security algorithms required by any computing system.
2. Analyze the vulnerabilities in any computing system and hence be able to design a security solution.
3. Analyze the possible security attacks in complex real time systems and their effective
countermeasures.
4. Classify the security issues in the network and resolve it.
5. Evaluate security mechanisms using rigorous approaches, including theoretical derivation,
modeling, and simulations.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 1 3
CO2 2 3 1 3 3 3 2
CO3 1 3 1 2 2
CO4 2 3 1 3 3 3
CO5 1 3 2 2
UIT2702 CLOUD AND DISTRIBUTED COMPUTING 2 0 2 3

OBJECTIVES:
● Explain about distributed system and cloud models.
● Apply distributed computational model and understand the need for cloud computing.
● Learnabout cloud recovery and storage.
UNIT I INDRODUCTION TO DISTRIBUTED SYSTEM 6

Characterization of Distributed System: Introduction-Examples of distributed system, Trends in distributed
system, focus on resource sharing, Challenges – System models – Inter Process Communication – Remote
Invocation – Indirect Communication – Case study: World Wide Web.
UNIT II DISTRIBUTED ALGORITHMS 6

Message Passing, Leader Election, Distributed Models, Causality and Logical Time, Global State & Snapshot
and Distributed Mutual Exclusion- Token based approaches, Consensus & Agreement, Checkpointing &
Rollback Recovery - Introduction classical distributed algorithms - Algorithm for Recording Global State and
Snapshot - Time and Clock Synchronization in Cloud Data Center - Key Challenges.
UNIT III CLOUD VIRTUALIZATION 6

Features of Today’s Cloud-Layered Cloud Architecture Design – NIST Cloud Computing Reference
Architecture: public, private, hybrid. Service provider interfaces: SaaS, PaaS, IaaS – Virtualization
Technology - Hardware Independence, Server Consolidation, Resource Replication, Operating System-
Based Virtualization, Hardware-Based Virtualization, Virtualization management and considerations – Use
case and Example.
UNIT IV CLOUD STORAGE AND RECOVERY 6

Fundamental cloud architectures - workload distribution, resource pooling, dynamic scalability, elastic
resource capacity, service load balancing, cloud bursting, elastic disk provisioning, redundant storage, Case
Study Example - Advanced Cloud Architectures, Hypervisor clustering, Load balanced virtual server
instances, Non-Disruptive service relocation, Zero-downtime, Cloud balancing, Resource reservation,
Dynamic failure detection and recovery, Bare-metal provisioning, Rapid provisioning, Storage workload
management, Case Study Example.
UNIT V CLOUD PLATFORMS AND APPLICATIONS 6

Cloud platform: Microsoft Azure, Amazon Web Services, Google Cloud, IBM Cloud and CloudLinux–
APIs - Microservices - Docker - Kubernetes - Applications and Use Cases.
Lectures: 30 HOURS
LAB SESSIONS:
1. Inter-process communication
2. Remote Method Invocation
3. Message passing and distributed mutual exclusion
4. Clock and Time synchronization
5. Virtual instances and server consolidation with fault-tolerance
6. Task scheduling and load balancing
7. Hypervisor clustering
8. Hosting microservices on cloud platforms
9. Dockerization and Kubernetes
10. Mini project
Lab: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Rajiv Misra, Yashwant Singh Patel, Cloud and Distributed Computing: Algorithms and Systems,
Wiley India.
2. Coulouris George, Dollimore Jean, Kindberg Tim, Blair Gordon, Distributed Systems Concepts
and Design, Pearson Education, 5th Edidtion
REFERENCES:
1. Danielle Ruest, Nelson Ruest, Virtualization: A Beginner's Guide, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media,
2009.
2. Thomas Erl, Ricardo Puttini, Zaigham Mahmood, Cloud Computing: Concepts, Technology &
Architecture, First Edition, Pearson Education 2013.
3. John W.Rittinghouse and James F.Ransome, Cloud Computing: Implementation, Management,
and Security, CRC Press, 2010.
4. Michael J.Kavis, "Architecting the Cloud". Wiley India, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand how distributed system concepts apply inside cloud.
2. Apply the distributed algorithms for effective scheduling.
3. Analyze the need for virtualization and apply it in a cloud environment.
4. Understand the architecture, infrastructure, and delivery models of cloud computing.
5. Explore cloud tools and build applications.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1
CO2 2 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 2 2
CO5 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
UIT2716 INDUSTRIAL TRAINING /INTERNSHIP 0 0 0 2
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Student should be able to
1. Integrate theory and practice, and identify curriculum gap
2. Develop work competencies for a specific profession or occupation.
3. Communicate and collaborate effectively and appropriately with different professionals in the work
environment through written and oral means.
4. Exhibit critical thinking and problem solving skills in building real time applications.
5. Present a report on work experience and skill sets acquired.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 1 3 3 3
CO2 2 3 1 2 2 3 3
CO3 1 3 1
CO4 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 1 3 1
UIT2718 PROJECT WORK-PHASE-I 0 0 6 3
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. To propose solution to the problem by applying the acquired knowledge

2. To understand and apply the different advancements happened in their selected area
3. To understand and apply the different techniques used in project management.
4. To apply the different efficient and modern tools for designing their project modules.
5. To analyze and categorize the executable project modules after identifying the risks to assess the
health, societal, safety and legal issues.
6. To select the best alternative design techniques used for designing solutions to the complex
problems by following ethical principles.
7. To integrate different modules together through team work after undergoing efficient testing,
elaborate the completed task and compile the project work efficiently
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
1 3 3 3 3 2 3
2 3 3 3 3 1 3
3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3
4 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
5 1 3 3 2 3 3
6 3 2 3 1 3
7 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
UIT2818 PROJECT WORK-PHASE-II 0 0 16 8
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. To propose solution to the problem by applying the acquired knowledge

2. To understand and apply the different advancements happened in their selected area
3. To understand and apply the different techniques used in project management.
4. To apply the different efficient and modern tools for designing their project modules.
5. To analyze and categorize the executable project modules after identifying the risks to assess the
health, societal, safety and legal issues.
6. To select the best alternative design techniques used for designing solutions to the complex
problems by following ethical principles.
7. To integrate different modules together through team work after undergoing efficient testing,
elaborate the completed task and compile the project work efficiently
8. To present their project work effectively by using the modern media tools.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 1 3
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 3
CO5 1 3 3 2 3 3
CO6 3 2 3 1 3
CO7 1 1 1 3 3 3 3
CO8 3 3
HSMC – ELECTIVES – HUMANITIES I (II SEMESTER)

UEN2241 LANGUAGE AND COMMUNICATION 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To enhance communicative competence in general.
• To improve the ability of the students to negotiate with meaning in context.
• To develop speaking skills of the students for career needs.
• To develop sensitivity to gender, human rights, politeness and other aspects
• To enhance the skills in being persuasive in writing and speech
UNIT I APPROACHES TO COMMUNICATION: 9

The information Processing school, Shannon and Weaver; A Mathematical Theory of Communication,
Formal Signal Processing approach. Semiotic approach; information, communication and significance.
Chomskyan distinction between language structure and language use; form and function. Towards a theory
of performance; acceptability and grammaticality.
Communicative Competency; Possibility, appropriacy, feasibility.
UNIT II MEANING IN LANGUAGE USE 9

Speech Act Theory; communicative activity, elocutionary act, directives, commissives, expressive,
declarations and representatives. Grice’s theory of conversational meaning; the cooperative principle, quantity
maxim, quality maxim, relational maxim, manner maxim. Ancient Indian theory of meaning; lexical,
compositional, extended. Speaker intention in communication. Discourse meaning; context and situation.
UNIT III STRUCTURE OF DISCOURSE/CONVERSATION 9

Coherence, Cohesion, Initiating and closing conversations, Intervention, Turn-taking
UNIT IV POWER STRUCTURE AND LANGUAGE USE 9

Gender and language use, Politeness expressions and their use, Ethical dimensions of language use
Language rights as part of human rights.
UNIT V MEDIA AND PERSUASIVE COMMUNICATION 9

Power of media, Orwell’s problem(Chomsky), Manufacturing of opinion and hidden agendas.
Fundamentals of persuasive communication. Persuasive quotient. Politics and communication barrier.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Stephen. C. Levenson, 1983, Pragmatics, Cambridge University press.
REFERENCES:
1.Austin, J.L., How to do things with word, Oxford Clarendon Press. Grice, P. 1989.
2. Studies in the way of words. Cambridge, M.A: Harvard University Press.
3. Chomsky, N.1966. Aspects of the theory of syntax, The MIT press, Cambridge.
4. Chomsky, N.2006. Language and Mind, Cambridge University Press.
5. Hymes. D.N. 1972, On communication competence in J.B. Pride and J. Holmes (ed), Sociolinguistics, pp
269-293, London Penguin.
6. Gilbert, H. Harman, 1976. Psychological aspect of the theory of syntax in Journal of Philosophy, page75-
87.
7. Stangley, J. 2007. Language inContext. Clarendon press, Oxford.
8. Shannon, 1942. A Mathematical Theory of Communication.
9. Searle, J.R. 1969. Speech acts: An essay in the philosophy of language. Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: To improve their communicative competency across all skills of language.
CO2: To improve their writing ability in writing for persuasion and convincing someone.
CO3: To attend job interviews more confidently,
CO4: To improve social communication sensitive to gender and other prejudices.
CO5: To do better in the spoken component of the placement tasks
Program Outcomes
COs PO1 PO1
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10
1 2
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2

UEN2242 FUNDAMENTALS OF LINGUISTICS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the students to Linguistics (the scientific study of language).
• To explore some basic issues and questions related to language such as what do we know when we
know a language, the relation between language and brain, language and society, how does a child learn
a language, how the languages of the world are similar as well as different, how can we analyze
language as a structure etc.
• To provide students to a brief outline of language studies in Indian and western tradition and many
applications of linguistics in different fields
UNIT I DEFINING LANGUAGE 9

• What is language and where is language?
• Language is a means of communication, a social product
• Language is a cognitive ability, relation between language and brain
• Study of Language in Indian and western traditions
UNIT II AN INSIGHT INTO LINGUISTICS 9

• What is Linguistics and what is not Linguistics?
• Linguistics is not prescriptive grammar learnt in the school
• Linguistics is not learning of many languages
• Linguistics provides tools to analyze language structure scientifically
UNIT III FORM AND FUNCTION 9

• Levels of Language Analysis: Form and content
• Sound
• Word
• Sentence
• Meaning
• Similarities and differences of languages
UNIT IV APPLICATIONS 9
• Applications of Linguistics
• Natural Language Processing
• Clinical Linguistics
• Psycholinguistics etc.
UNIT V IMPACT ON CAREER 9

• Impact of linguistics on one’s career
• An understanding of Linguistics for better use of language
• Language and personality development
• Linguistic features specific to Engineers.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Raj Kumar Sharma, 'Fundamentals of Linguistics', Atlantic Publishers, Chennai:2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Thomas Herbst, 'English Linguistics: A coursebook for students of English', De Gruyter Mouton
Publication, Germany: 2010.
2. Victoria A. Fromkin (ed.), Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory, Blackwell Publishers,
USA: 2001.
3. Jeff Connor - Linto and Ralph W Fasold, 'An Introduction to Language and Linguistics’, Cambridge
University Press, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: understand what is linguistics
CO2: explore some basic issues and questions related to language
CO3: understand the subtle difference between the use of English in Indian and western tradition.
CO4: Familiarize themselves with the unique features of language in technology
CO5: Understand the basics of how children acquire languages
Program Outcomes
COs P
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
O1
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2

UHS2243 FILM APPRECIATION 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce students to the development of film as an art and entertainment form.
• To discuss the language of cinema as it evolved over a century.
• To enable the students to read a film and appreciate the various nuances of a film as a text.
• To guide the students to study films joyfully.
UNIT 1 THE COMPONENT OF FILMS 9

• The material and equipment
• The story, screenplay and script
• The actors, crew members, and the director
• The process of film making
UNIT II EVOLUTION OF FILM LANGUAGE 9

• Film language, form, movement etc.
• Early cinema… silent film (Particularly French)
• The emergence of feature films: Birth of a Nation Talkies
• Films and their influence on the language of people
UNIT III FILM APPRECIATION 9

• Realist theory; Auteurists
• Psychoanalytic, Ideological, Feminists
• How to read films?
• Film Criticism / Appreciation
UNIT IV DEVELOPMENT OF FILMS 9

• Representative Soviet films
• Representative Japanese films
• Representative Italian films
• Representative Hollywood film and the studio system
UNIT V INDIAN FILMS 9

• The early era
• The important films made by the directors E-3: The regional films
• The documentaries in India
• The Indian Film Industry and the Hollywood
• The impact of Films on students in India.
TOTAL HOURS:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Jim Piper, ‘The Film Appreciation Book’: The Film Course You Always Wanted to Take, Allworth
Press, New York: 2014.
REFERENCES:
1. Stanley Cavell, ‘The World Viewed: Reflections on the Ontology of Film, Enlarged Edition’, Harvard
2. Joseph M. Boggs, Dennis W. Petrie, ‘The Art of Watching Films’, McGraw – Hill, 2006.
3. Bernard F. Dick, ‘Anatomy of Film’, St. Martins Press, 1990.
4. Understanding the Film: An Introduction to Film Appreciation by Jan Bone and Ron Johnson
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: the process of the development of film as an art and entertainment form.
CO2: the evolution of the language of cinema as it evolved over a century.
CO3: the script writing techniques of a film and appreciate the various nuances
CO4: the evolution of film industry from the past to present
CO5: how to appreciate all aspects of the film.
Program Outcomes
COs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2

UHS2241 HUMAN RELATIONS AT WORK 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
The objectives of this course are to make students:
• aware of human relations at work its relationship with self.
• aware about the processes involved in interaction with people at work.
• understand the importance of psychological and physical health in maintaining human relations at work
and progressing in career.
• Understand the ways and means to improve human relations at work.
• Realize the importance of safeguarding themselves from any exploitation.
UNIT I HUMAN RELATIONS 9

• Understanding and Managing Yourself
• Human Relations and You
• Self-Esteem and Self Confidence
• Self-Motivation and Goal Setting
• Emotional Intelligence
• Attitudes and Happiness
• Values and Ethics and Problem Solving and Creativity.
UNIT II INTERPERSONAL RELATIONSHIP 9
• Dealing Effectively with People
• Communication in the Workplace
• Specialized Tactics for Getting Along with Others in the Workplace
• Managing Conflict; Becoming an Effective Leader
• Motivating Others and Developing Teamwork
• Diversity and Cross-Cultural Competence
UNIT III HEALTHY LIVING 9

• Staying Physically Healthy
• Yoga, Pranayam
• Exercise: Aerobic and anaerobic
UNIT IV MENTAL WELL BEING 9

• Staying Psychologically Healthy
• Managing Stress and Personal Problems
• Meditation
UNIT V CAREER READINESS 9

• Developing Career Thrust
• Getting Ahead in Your Career
• Learning Strategies
• Perception
• Life Span Changes
• Developing Good Work Habits
TOTAL HOURS:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dubrien, A. J. (2017). Human Relations for Career and Personal Success:
Concepts,Applications,andSkills,11thEd.UpperSaddleRiver,NJ:Pearson.
REFERENCES:
1. Greenberg, J. S. (2017). Comprehensive stress management (14th edition). New York: McGraw Hill.
2. Udai, Y. (2015). Yogasanaurpranayam. New Delhi: N.S. Publications.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: will enhance their awareness about human relations at work and its relationship with self
CO2: become aware of the processes involved in interaction with people at work
CO3: understand the importance of psychological and physical health in maintaining human relations at
work.
CO4: will be able to understand the ways and means to improve human relations at work.
CO5: will realize the importance of safeguarding themselves from any exploitation.
Program Outcomes
COs
PO
PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
1
CO1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 2 2

UHS2242 APPLICATIONS OF PSYCHOLOGY IN EVERYDAY 2 0 2 3
LIFE
OBJECTIVES:
The objectives of this course are to make students:
• aware of the different applications of psychology to everyday issues of life,
• aware of the different social issues, workplace issues, and behavioural issues, and
• understand how the knowledge gained from this course can be used in their own personal and professional
work life.
• Understand the psychological principles relevant to human development.
• Understand the impact of Psychology on human life
UNIT I PSYCHOLOGY OF AN INDIVIDUAL 9

• Introduction: Nature and fields.
• The individual human being and his or her experiences, mental processes and behaviors.
UNIT II DIFFERENT TYPES OF PSYCHOLOGY 9

• Psychology in industries and organizations: Job analysis; fatigue and accidents; consumer behavior.
• Different types of psychology: cognitive, forensic, social, and developmental psychology
UNIT III PSYCHOLOGY AND MENTAL HEALTH 9
Psychology and mental health: Abnormality, symptoms and causes psychological disorders. Psychology for
better decision making, stress management and behavior.
UNIT IV COUNSELING 9
Psychology and Counseling: Need of Counseling, Counselor and the Counselee, Counseling Process, Areas
of Counseling.
UNIT V SOCIAL BEHAVIOR 9
Psychology and social behavior: Group, group dynamics, teambuilding, Prejudice and stereotypes; Effective
Communication, conflict and negotiation
TOTAL HOURS:45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Schultz, D. & Schultz, S.E. (2009). Psychology and Work Today (10th ed.). New
Jersey:Pearson/Prentice Hall.
REFERENCES:
1. Butcher, J. N., Mineka, S., & Hooley, J. M. (2010). Abnormal psychology (14th ed.). New York:
Pearson
2. Gladding, S. T. (2014). Counselling: A comprehensive profession. New Delhi: Pearson Education
3. Aronson, E., Wilson, T. D., &Akert, R. M. (2010). Social Psychology (7th Ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ:
Prentice Hall.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: raise their awareness on applications of psychology to every day issues of life
CO2: deal more efficiently with different issues in society, work place and human behavior.
CO3: Apply principles of psychology in their own personal and professional lives.
CO4: Use the psychological principles for their own human development.
CO5: Appreciate the impact of Psychology on human life
Program Outcomes
COs
PO PO PO PO1
PO2 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO12
1 3 4 1
CO1 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 3 2 2
CO4 2 2 3 2 2
CO5 2 2 3 2 2
UNDERSTANDING SOCIETY AND CULTURE
UEN2243 2 0 2 3
THROUGH LITERATURE
OBJECTIVES:
• To acquire skills not only the ones necessary for one’s “trade”, but also the ones to acquire knowledge
and become a better human being, as a means towards the end of creating a better society.
• To facilitate understanding a society, its people, their mind, prevalent traditions and culture with a view
to developing a holistic worldview, which is essential for a sustainable society.
• To introduce students to literary works of various countries/ regions / societies and attempt to understand
the respective traditions to which the works belong.
• To understand the relationship between life and literature
UNIT I LITERATURE AND LIFE 9
Traditional Knowledge.
• what is Literature?
• Significance of studying literature,
• Studying society and culture through literature,
• Understanding morality through literature.
• Reading of Literary texts –The literary piece will be given to students before hand so that they read it
and become familiar with the texts before coming to the class. In the class, the text will be read once
again, where doubts if any will be cleared.
• First Discussion – The reading will be followed by a discussion where the text will be analyzed in
detail. The students will been couraged to share their interpretation of the text.
UNIT II RESOLVING DILEMMA 9

• Definition and Description of ‘Dilemma’
• Choice of literary texts to confront situations where one is faced with a dilemma (differentiating what
is right and wrong? and develop a deeper insight into the various realities of life.
• Presentation of analysis of the literary text (The students will keep in mind the author’s background
and the socio-historical and cultural backgrounds while preparing this presentation)
• Q&A Session on the Presentation (the students will be encouraged to ask questions to their
respective classmates regarding the presentation/analysis initiating a second discussion on the text.
UNIT III GENDER STUDIES 9

• Literary pieces that question the current notions of gender, and raises uncomfortable questions,
• Literature that challenges the status quo, forcing us to think about the real meaning of equality and
emancipation
• Second Discussion–(Having made their presentation, and heard the presentations made by their
classmates, the students would now have a fairly good idea of the various nuances of the text, making
it aripe moment to have the second detailed discussion on the text. Here the teacher may refer to those
points which may have been missed by the students.)
UNIT IV READING LITERATURE 9

• Reading of select Literary works
• The author’s Background, Historical and Social Background for a better understanding of the literary
work
• Study of other significant study material as required for an overall understanding of the literary work.
UNIT V READINGS 9
Submission of a report–Having faced questions from their classmates, and after having a second
discussion on the text, the student would come across new ideas which will be in corporated in to the
analysis and submitted in the form of a report.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Literary works will be provided by the teacher. Author’s Background,
2. Historical and Social Background which are significant for a better understanding of the work will be
provided by the teacher.
REFERENCE:
Reference materials or other significant study material as required for an overall understanding of the
literary work will be sourced out by the students in consultation with the teacher
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1:Improve their awareness of various traditions.
CO2: Not only understand the diversity found between various traditions but also celebrate them.
CO3:Strengthen their analytical capability.
CO4: Improve their language skills and ability of expressing complex ideas.
CO5: understand the relationship between life and literature
Program Outcomes
COs
PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12
CO1 2 3 2
CO2 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 2
CO4 2 3 2
CO5 2 3 2
MANAGEMENT ELECTIVES
UBA2541 PRINCIPLES OF MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
To impart knowledge about the following topics:
• Sketch the Evolution of Management.
• Extract the functions and principles of management.
• Learn the application of the principles in an organization.
• Study the various HR related activities.
• Analyze the position of self and company goals towards business
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATIONS 9

Definition of Management – Science or Art – Manager Vs Entrepreneur- types of managers managerial
roles and skills – Evolution of Management –Scientific, human relations , system and contingency
approaches– Types of Business organization- Sole proprietorship, partnership, company-public and private
sector enterprises- Organization culture and Environment – Current trends and issues in Management.
UNIT II PLANNING 9
Nature and purpose of planning – Planning process – Types of planning – Objectives – Setting objectives
– Policies – Planning premises – Strategic Management – Planning Tools and Techniques – Decision
making steps and process.
UNIT III ORGANISING 9

Nature and purpose – Formal and informal organization – Organization chart – Organization structure –
Types – Line and staff authority – Departmentalization – delegation of authority – Centralization and
decentralization – Job Design - Human Resource Management – HR Planning, Recruitment, selection,
Training and Development, Performance Management , Career planning and management.
UNIT IV DIRECTING 9
Foundations of individual and group behaviour– Motivation – Motivation theories – Motivational techniques
– Job satisfaction – Job enrichment – Leadership – types and theories of leadership – Communication –
Process of communication – Barrier in communication – Effective communication – Communication and IT.
UNIT V CONTROLLING 9
System and process of controlling – Budgetary and non - Budgetary control techniques – Use of computers
and IT in Management control – Productivity problems and management – Control and performance – Direct
and preventive control – Reporting
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Harold Koontz and Heinz Weihrich “Essentials of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1998.
2. Stephen P. Robbins and Mary Coulter, “Management”, Prentice Hall (India)Pvt. Ltd., 10th Edition,
2009.
REFERENCES:
1. Robert Kreitner and Mamata Mohapatra, “ Management”, Biztantra, 2008.
2. Stephen A. Robbins and David A. Decenzo and Mary Coulter, “Fundamentals of Management”, Pearson
Education, 7th Edition, 2011.
3. Tripathy PC and Reddy PN, “Principles of Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 1999.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to have clear understanding of managerial
functions like planning, organizing, staffing, leading & controlling.
CO2: Have same basic knowledge on international aspect of management.
CO3: Ability to understand management concept of organizing.
CO4: Ability to understand management concept of directing.
CO5: Ability to understand management concept of controlling.
Program Outcomes
Course
Outcomes PO1 PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO1 PO1 PO1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2
CO1 2 1
CO2 2 3 1
CO3 2 2 1
CO4 3 2 2 1
CO5 1 1
UBA2542 TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Teach the need for quality, its evolution, basic concepts, contribution of quality gurus, TQM
framework, Barriers and Benefits of TQM.
• Explain the TQM Principles for application.
• Define the basics of Six Sigma and apply Traditional tools, New tools, Benchmarking and FMEA.
• Describe Taguchi's Quality Loss Function, Performance Measures and apply Techniques like QFD,
TPM, COQ and BPR.
• Illustrate and apply QMS and EMS in any organization.
Introduction - Need for quality - Evolution of quality - Definition of quality - Dimensions of product and
service quality –Definition of TQM-- Basic concepts of TQM –-Gurus of TQM (Brief introduction)-- TQM
Framework- Barriers to TQM –Benefits of TQM.
UNIT II TQM PRINCIPLES 9

Leadership - Deming Philosophy, Quality Council, Quality statements and Strategic planning Customer
Satisfaction –Customer Perception of Quality, Feedback, Customer complaints, Service Quality, Kano
Model and Customer retention – Employee involvement – Motivation, Empowerment, Team and
Teamwork, Recognition & Reward and Performance Appraisal--Continuous process improvement –Juran
Trilogy, PDSA cycle, 5S and Kaizen - Supplier partnership – Partnering, Supplier selection, Supplier Rating
and Relationship development.
UNIT III TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES I 9

The seven traditional tools of quality - New management tools - Six-sigma Process Capability Bench
marking - Reasons to benchmark, Benchmarking process, What to Bench Mark, Understanding Current
Performance, Planning, Studying Others, Learning from the data, Using the findings, Pitfalls and Criticisms
of Benchmarking - FMEA - Intent , Documentation, Stages: Design FMEA and Process FMEA.
UNIT IV TQM TOOLS & TECHNIQUES II 9

Quality circles – Quality Function Deployment (QFD) - Taguchi quality loss function – TPM –Concepts,
improvement needs – Performance measures- Cost of Quality - BPR.
UNIT V QUALITY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 9

Introduction-Benefits of ISO Registration-ISO 9000 Series of Standards-Sector-Specific Standards -AS 9100,
TS16949 and TL 9000-- ISO 9001 Requirements-Implementation-Documentation-InternalAudits-
Registration-ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM: Introduction—ISO 14000 Series
Standards—Concepts of ISO 14001—Requirements of ISO 14001-Benefits of EMS.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Dale H.Besterfiled, Carol B.Michna,Glen H. Bester field,Mary B.Sacre, Hemant Urdhwareshe and
Rashmi Urdhwareshe, “Total Quality Management”, Pearson Education Asia, Revised Third Edition,
Indian Reprint, Sixth Impression,2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Joel.E. Ross, “Total Quality Management – Text and Cases”,Routledge.,2017.
2. Kiran.D.R, “Total Quality Management: Key concepts and case studies, Butterworth –Heinemann Ltd,
2016.
3. Oakland, J.S. “TQM – Text with Cases”, Butterworth – Heinemann Ltd., Oxford, Third Edition,2003.
4. Suganthi,L and Anand Samuel, “Total Quality Management”, Prentice Hall (India) Pvt. Ltd., 2006
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Ability to apply TQM concepts in a selected enterprise.
CO2: Ability to apply TQM principles in a selected enterprise.
CO3: Ability to understand Six Sigma and apply Traditional tools, New tools, Benchmarking and FMEA.
CO4: Ability to understand Taguchi's Quality Loss Function, Performance Measures and apply QFD, TPM,
COQ and BPR.
CO5: Ability to apply QMS and EMS in any organization.
Program Outcomes
Course
Outcomes PO1 PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 2 1 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 1
CO3 2 3 1 1 1
CO4 3 1 1 1 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 1
UBA2543 WORK ETHICS, CORPORATE SOCIAL

3 0 0 3
RESPONSIBILITY AND GOVERNANCE
OBJECTIVES:
• To impart the value of professional practices with code of conduct and ethical values
• Discuss the various outlooks of roles and responsibilities with work ethics.
• Introduce the Indian constitutional statutes for ethical practices by citizens
• Analyze the ethical commitments to be hold by industry with protecting environment
• Insist on corporate and social responsibilities through Governance practices and regulation
Ethics - Definition & nature, Characteristics, Attributes of Ethics - Business Ethics; Ethical theories; Causes
of unethical behavior; Ethical abuses; Work ethics; Code of conduct; Public good.
UNIT II ETHICS THEORY AND BEYOND 9

Management of Ethics - Ethics analysis [ Hosmer model ]; Ethical dilemma; Ethics in practice – ethics for
managers; Role and function of ethical managers- Comparative ethical behaviour of managers; Code of
ethics; Competitiveness, organizational size, profitability and ethics; Cost of ethics in Corporate ethics
evaluation.
UNIT III LEGAL ASPECTS OF ETHICS 9

Political – legal environment; Provisions of the Indian constitution pertaining to Business; Political setup –
major characteristics and their implications for business; Prominent features of MRTP &FERA. Social –
cultural environment and their impact on business operations, Salient features of Indian culture and values.
UNIT IV ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS 9
Economic Environment; Philosophy of economic grow and its implications for business, Main features of
Economic Planning with respect to business; Industrial policy and framework of government contract over
Business; Role of chamber of commerce and confederation of Indian Industries.
UNIT V CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY AND GOVERNANCE 9

Definition- Evolution- Need for CSR; Theoretical perspectives; Corporate citizenship; Business practices;
Strategies for CSR; Challenges and implementation; Evolution of corporate governance; Governance
practices and regulation; Structure and development of boards; Role of capital market and government;
Governance ratings; Future of governance- innovative practices; Case studies with lessons learnt.
TOTAL HOURS: 45
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S.A. Sherlekar, Ethics in Management, Himalaya Publishing House, 2009.
2. William B. Werther and David B. Chandler, Strategic corporate social responsibility, SagePublications
Inc., 2011
3. VVRobert A.G. Monks and Nell Minow, Corporate governance, John Wiley and Sons, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. VW.H. Shaw, Business Ethics, Cengage Learning, 2007.
2. Beeslory, Michel and Evens, Corporate Social Responsibility, Taylor and Francis, 1978.
3. Philip Kotler and Nancy Lee, Corporate social responsibility: doing the most good for company and
your cause, Wiley, 2005.
4. Subhabrata Bobby Banerjee, Corporate social responsibility: the good, the bad and the ugly, Edward
Elgar Publishing, 2007.
5. Satheesh kumar, Corporate governance, Oxford University, Press, 2010.
6. Bob Tricker, Corporate governance- Principles, policies and practices, Oxford University Press, 2009
7. Larue Tone Hosmer and Richard D., The Ethics of Management, Irwin Inc., 1995.
8. Joseph A. Petrick and John F. Quinn, Management Ethics - integrity at work, Sage, 1997.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
CO1: Understand ethical issues in workplace and have good practices in professional duties.
CO2: Learn roles and responsibilities in professional career as a team worker
CO3: Understand the legal aspects in Indian constitutional for protection of societal values
CO4:Analyze the economical development by industry with importance to environment protection.
CO5: Understand need of good Governance in a corporate with ethical organizational behavior.
Program Outcomes
Course
Outcomes PO1 PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO PO
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
CO1 3 1 1 2
CO2 3 1 1 2
CO3 3 2 3 1 1 2
CO4 2 3 1 1 3 2
CO5 3 1 1 2 2
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
UIT2521 INFORMATION THEORY AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
● To learn fundamentals of random variables
● To learn Shannon and Renyi entropy
● To understand error control coding
● To apply information theory in the fields of coding, image processing, and machine learning
UNIT I REVIEW OF PROBABILITY THEORY 9

Set theory fundamentals, Review of Probability theory: Probability measure - Conditional Probability,
Random variable, Probability Distribution, discrete and continuous, density estimation - histogram - Parzen
window using Gaussian Kernel.
UNIT II INFORMATION THEORY FUNDAMENTALS 9

Information Theory: Uncertainty, Shannon's Entropy, Relative Entropy: Kullback-Leibler Divergence -
Mutual Information - Relationship Between Entropy and Mutual Information - Chain Rules for Entropy
UNIT III SOURCE AND CHANNEL CODING 9

Source coding: Coding efficiency - Shannon's source coding theorem, Lossless compression: Shannon-
Fado binary coding - Huffman coding - Run length coding. Channel coding: Shannon's channel coding
theorem, Error detection - parity coding, Error correction - cyclic single error correcting Hamming code
UNIT IV INFORMATION THEORETIC IMAGE PROCESSING 9

Digital image: representation, Distance between two images based on pixels - mean square error Image
histogram - normalization, Image entropy, Distance between two images based on probability - mean
square error - Kullback-Leibler divergence; Image classification.
UNIT V INFORMATION THEORETIC CLASSIFICATION 9

Adaptive system, Cost function - Mean square error – Least mean square error - Problems of LMS, Entropy
as cost function - Minimum error entropy, Decision tree algorithm.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Thomas Cover, Joy Thomas, Elements of Information Theory, Wiley Inderscience, 2nd Edition,
2006.
REFERENCES:
1. David J C MacKay Information theory, Inference and Learning Algorithms, Cambridge
2. Christopher M Bishop, Pattern Recognition and Machine Learning, Springer, 2006.
3. Monica Borda, Fundamentals in Information Theory and Coding, Springer, 2011.
4. R C Gonzalez, and R E Woods, Digital Image Processing, Pearson, 2018.
5. Mark Nelson, “Data Compression Book”, BPB Publication 1992
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain and estimate information theory metrics, entropy, and cross entropy.
2. Design an application with error control.
3. Apply entropy as a cost function in image processing and machine learning algorithms.
4. Make use of MEE in small applications.
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 3
CO2 3 1 2 3
CO3 3 1 2 3
CO4 3 2 1 3 3
OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES FOR MACHINE

UIT2522 3 0 0 3
LEARNING
OBJECTIVES:
● Apply basic concepts of mathematics to formulate an optimization problem
● To find the optimal solution of an optimization problem.
● To understand the importance of optimization for a defined process management.
● Analyse the of performance measures for various optimization problems
● To graphically display interdependent relationships between groups’ steps and tasks as they all
impact a project.
UNIT I FORMATION OF OPTIMIZATION PROBLEMS 9

Introduction – formulation of linear programming model-Linear Programming Applications Classification
of Non-Linear programming- Objective function; Constraints and Constraint surface; Formulation of
design problems mathematical programming problems, Classification of optimization problem.
UNIT II CONSTRAINED AND UNCONSTRAINED OPTIMIZATION 9

Constrained Optimization: Lagrange theorem - Unconstrained optimization: Conjugate direction and
Quasi-Newton methods - Gradient-based methods, One-dimensional search methods.
UNIT III DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING 9

Sequential optimization- Representation of multistage decision process- Types of multistage decision
problems - Concept of sub optimization and the principle of optimality.
UNIT IV MODERN METHODS OF OPTIMIZATION 9

Simulated Annealing, Particle Swarm Optimization, Ant Colony Optimization, Multi-level optimization
Evolutionary algorithms for optimization.
UNIT V PRACTICAL ASPECTS OF OPTIMIZATION 9

Genetic Algorithms, Optimization of Fuzzy Systems, Multi-objective Optimization.
TOTAL: 45HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Edwin P K Chong, Stainslaw Zak, An introduction to Optimization, Wiley Inter Science
Publication, Second Edition, 2001
REFERENCES:
1. Dimitri Bertsekas, "Nonlinear Programming" Athena Scientific, Second Edition, 1999.
2. Dimitri Bertsekas, "Introduction to linear optimization" Athena Scientific, Second Edition, 1997.
3. Philip E Gill, “Practical optimization”, Emerald Group Publishing Limited, 1982.
4. Ravindran A and Reklaits G V, “Engineering optimization methods and applications”, Second
Edition, Wiley, 2006.
5. Daniel N Wilke and Jan Snyman, “Practical Mathematical Optimization: Basic Optimization
Theory and Gradient-Based Algorithms”, Second Edition, Springer, 2018
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain efficient computational procedures to solve optimization problems.
2. Apply engineering minima/maxima problems into optimization framework.
3. Apply the concept of Dynamic programming and its applications to project implementation.
4. Formulate optimization problems for bio inspired algorithm.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 1 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 2
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 2
UIT2523 DATA WAREHOUSING AND DATA MINING 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand data warehouse concepts, architecture, business analysis and tools
• To understand data pre-processing and data visualization techniques
• To study algorithms for finding hidden and interesting patterns in data
• To understand and apply various classification and clustering techniques using tools.
UNIT I DATA WAREHOUSING, BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND ON-LINE ANALYTICAL

PROCESSING (OLAP) 9
Basic Concepts - Data Warehousing Components – Building a Data Warehouse – Database Architectures for
Parallel Processing – Parallel DBMS Vendors - Multidimensional Data Model – Data Warehouse Schemas
for Decision Support, Concept Hierarchies -Characteristics of OLAP Systems – Typical OLAP Operations,
OLAP and OLTP.
UNIT II DATA MINING – INTRODUCTION 9

Introduction to Data Mining Systems – Knowledge Discovery Process – Data Mining Techniques – Issues –
applications- Data Objects and attribute types, Statistical description of data, Data Pre-processing – Cleaning,
Integration, Reduction, Transformation and discretization, Data Visualization, Data similarity and
dissimilarity measures.
UNIT III DATA MINING - FREQUENT PATTERN ANALYSIS 9

Mining Frequent Patterns, Associations and Correlations – Mining Methods- Pattern Evaluation Method –
Pattern Mining in Multilevel, Multi-Dimensional Space – Constraint Based Frequent Pattern Mining,
Classification using Frequent Patterns - Mining associations in real time data sets using WEKA / R.
UNIT IV CLASSIFICATION 9
Decision Tree Induction - Bayesian Classification – Rule Based Classification – Classification by Back
Propagation – Support Vector Machines –– Lazy Learners – Model Evaluation and Selection-Techniques to
improve Classification Accuracy - Classification of real time data sets using WEKA / R.
UNIT V CLUSTERING 9
Clustering Techniques – Cluster analysis-Partitioning Methods - Hierarchical Methods – Density Based
Methods - Grid Based Methods – Evaluation of clustering – Clustering high dimensional data- Clustering
with constraints, Outlier analysis-outlier detection methods - Clustering real time data sets using WEKA / R.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Jiawei Han and Micheline Kamber, ―Data Mining Concepts and Techniques, Third Edition,
Elsevier, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Alex Berson and Stephen J.Smith, ―Data Warehousing, Data Mining & OLAP‖, Tata McGraw –
Hill Edition, 35th Reprint 2016.
2. K.P. Soman, Shyam Diwakar and V. Ajay, ―Insight into Data Mining Theory and Practice, Eastern
Economy Edition, Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
3. Ian H.Witten and Eibe Frank, ―Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques,
Elsevier, Second Edition.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students should be able to
1. Design a Data warehouse system and perform business analysis with OLAP tools.
2. Apply suitable pre-processing and visualization techniques for data analysis.
3. Apply frequent pattern and association rule mining techniques for data analysis.
4. Apply appropriate classification and clustering techniques for data analysis.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO2 2 2 3 2 3 2
CO3 2 3 3 3 3 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 3 2
UIT2524 CYBER SECURITY 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
The primary objective of the course is to understand
• the security basics and how it is applied to the Cyber landscape
• the cause of various attacks and possible ways available to mitigate them
• the different ways of injecting malicious code
• the functioning of different tools
• the concepts of intrusion detection and prevention system.
UNIT I CYBER SECURITY FUNDAMENTALS 9
Threats, attacks, vulnerability, CIA triad, Authentication, Authorization, Non-repudiation, Privacy, Basic
Cryptography, Symmetric Encryption, Public key Encryption, Attacker Techniques: How attackers cover
their tracks, Tunneling Techniques, Phishing, Smishing, Vishing, and Mobile Malicious Code, Rogue
Antivirus, Click Fraud, Case study- Cyber Crimes
UNIT II EXPLOITATIONTECHNIQUES 9
Shellcode, Integer Overflow Vulnerabilities, Stack-Based Buffer Overflows, Stacks upon Stacks, Buffer
Overflows, Protecting against overflows, Format String Vulnerabilities, SQL Injection, Protecting against
SQL Injection, Malicious PDF Files, PDF File Format, Creating Malicious PDF Files, Reducing the Risks
of Malicious PDF Files, Race Conditions, Detecting and Preventing Race conditions, Web Exploit Tools,
Updates, Statistics, and Administration, Proliferation of Web Exploit Tools, DoS Conditions, Brute Force and
Dictionary Attacks, Misdirection, Reconnaissance, and Disruption, Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) Social
Engineering, DNS Amplification Attacks.
UNIT III ATTACKS USING MALICIOUS CODE 9

Self-Replicating Malicious Code- worms and viruses, Evading Detection and Elevating Privileges-
Obfuscation, Virtual Machine Obfuscation, Persistent Software Techniques, Rootkits, Spyware, Attacks
against Privileged User Accounts and Escalation of Privileges, Token Kidnapping, Virtual Machine
Detection, Stealing Information and Exploitation- Form Grabbing, Man-in-the-Middle Attacks, DLL
Injection, Browser helper objects, Case Study – prevention technique.
UNIT IV SECURITY TECHNOLOGY 9

Intrusion Detection and Prevention Systems, Scanning and Analysis tool: port scanners, Firewall analysis
tool, Operating System Detection tool, Vulnerability Scanners, Packet Sniffer, Wireless Security tools, Case
Study of tools.
UNIT V DEFENSE AND ANALYSIS TECHNIQUES 9

Memory Forensics, Honeypots, Malicious code naming, Automated Malicious Code Analysis Systems-
Ethics and information Security, Case Study: implementing information security, Information Security
Maintenance.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. James Graham, Richard Howard and Ryan Olson, Cyber Security Essentials, CRC Press, USA,
2011.
2. Michael E Whitman and Herbert J Mattord, “Principles of Information Security”, Sixth Edition,
Cengage Learning, 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Charles P. Pfleeger and Shari Lawrence Pfleeger, Analyzing Computer Security – A
threat/vulnerability / Counter measure approach, Pearson, New Delhi, 2014.
2. The Art of Deception by Kevin Mitnick. (Mitnick, Kevin D. and William L. Simon; The Art of
Deception. 2002. © Wiley–VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA.
3. Cyber Security and Its Ten domain : https://www.coursera.org/learn/cyber-security-domain
4. Introduction to cybersecurity tools & cyber attacks: https://www.coursera.org/learn/introduction-
cybersecurity-cyber-attacks
5. The Foundations of Cybersecurity:https://www.coursera.org/learn/foundations-cybersecurity
6. The GRC Approach to Managing Cybersecurity: https://www.coursera.org/learn/grc-approach-to-
managing-cybersecurity
7. Managing Cybersecurity Incidents and Disasters: https://www.coursera.org/learn/managing-
8. cybersecurity-incidents-and-disasters Road to the CISO – Culminating Project Course:
https://www.coursera.org/learn/road-to-ciso#syllabus
9. Managing cybersecurity specialization: https://www.coursera.org/specializations/managing-
cybersecurity
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After successful completion of this course, the students should be able to
1. Understand and apply the basics of cyber security
2. Recognize different exploitation techniques
3. Identify various security attacks and select appropriate security mechanisms
4. Explore various defense and vulnerability analysis tools
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 1 2
CO3 1 3 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 1 2 1 2

UIT2525 SENSORS AND ACTUATORS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
● To be familiar with the fundamentals of various sensors, and actuators.
● To introduce MEMS Sensors and Actuators.
● To learn interfacing methods and circuits
● To learn interfacing of sensors and actuators with microprocessor
UNIT I PERFORMANCE METRICS 9

Classification of sensors and actuators, Interfacing requirement, Transfer function, impedance matching,
range, resolution, dynamic range, accuracy, error, repeatability, sensitivity, Hysteresis, non-linearity,
response time, calibration, excitation, dead band, reliability
UNIT II PRINCIPLES OF SENSORS AND ACTUATORS-I 9

Temperature Sensors and Thermal Actuators - Thermosensitive Sensors - Thermoelectric Sensors, Optical
Sensors and Actuators - Photoelectric Effect - Photo conducting Sensors – Photodiodes –Passive IR sensors
– Optical actuators, Mechanical Sensors and Actuators - Force Sensors – Accelerometers – Pressure sensors
– velocity sensors - Gyroscope.
UNIT III PRINCIPLES OF SENSORS AND ACTUATORS-II 9

Electric field Sensors and Actuators - Capacitive Sensors and Actuators, magnetic field sensors -Inductive
Sensors - Hall Effect Sensors - Magnetic Actuators - Voice Coil Actuators – Motors, Voltage and Current
Sensors, Acoustic Sensors and Actuators – Microphones - Piezoelectric Sensors – Loudspeakers and
buzzers – ultrasonic sensors and actuators, Electrochemical Sensors - Humidity and Moisture Sensors –
Airbag, Ionization Sensors - Microwave Sensors
UNIT IV MEMS AND SMART SENSORS 9

MEMS Sensors - Pressure Sensors - Mass Air Flow Sensors - Inertial Sensors Angular Rate Sensors,
MEMS Actuators -Thermal and Piezoelectric Actuation - Electrostatic Actuation, Wireless Sensors and
Actuators – sensor networks
UNIT V INTERFACING 9
Amplifiers, Power Amplifiers, A/D and D/A Converters, Bridge Circuits, Data Transmission, Excitation
Methods and Circuits, Interfacing to microprocessor – signal level – impedance – signal conditioning –
errors
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nathan Ida, “Sensors, Actuators and Their Interfaces”, Scitech Publishing, 2014
REFERENCES:
1. Hiroto Yasuura, Chong-Min Kyung, Yongpan Liu, Youn-Long Lin, “Smart Sensors at the
IoTFrontier”, Springer, 2017.
2. Clarence W de Silva, “Sensors And Actuators”, CRC press, 2016.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand a given sensor
2. Choose an appropriate sensor and actuator for the given requirement.
3. Make use of interfacing circuits to interface with the sensors and actuators.
4. Demonstrate a full stack development using various sensors, actuators, interfacing circuits and
microcontrollers.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 3 1 1 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
UIT2526 SOFTWARE ARCHITECTURE AND PRINCIPLES 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand software architectural requirements and drivers.
• Be exposed to architectural styles and views.
• Be familiar with architectures with emerging technologies.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION AND ARCHITECTURAL DRIVERS 9

Introduction – What is software architecture? – Standard Definitions – Architectural structures – Influence of
software architecture on organization-both business and technical – Architecture Business Cycle- Introduction
– Functional requirements – Technical constraints – Quality attributes.
UNIT II QUALITY ATTRIBUTE WORKSHOP 9

Quality Attribute Workshop – Documenting Quality Attributes – Six-part scenarios – Case studies.
UNIT III ARCHITECTURAL VIEWS 9

Introduction – Standard Definitions for views – Structures and views - Representing views-available notations
– Standard views – 4+1 view of RUP, Siemens 4 views, SEI’s perspectives and views – Case studies.
UNIT IV ARCHITECTURAL STYLES 9

Introduction – Data flow Styles – Call-return styles – Shared information styles – Event styles – Case studies
for each style.
UNIT V DOCUMENTING THE ARCHITECTURE 9
Good practices – Documenting the Views using UML – Merits and Demerits of using visual languages –
Need for formal languages - Architectural Description Languages – ACME – Case studies. Special topics:
SOA and Web services – Cloud Computing – Adaptive structures.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Len Bass, Paul Clements & Rick Kazman, “Software Architecture and Principles”, 2nd Edition,
Addison – Wesley, 2003.
2. Anthony J Lattanze, “Architecting Software Intensive System, A Practitioner’s guide”, Auerbach
Publications, 2010.
REFERENCES:
1. Paul Clements, Rick Kazman and Mark Klein, “Evaluating Software architectures: Methods and case
studies, Addison-Weseley, 2001.
2. Paul Clements, Felix Bachmann, Len Bass, Paulo Merson, “Documenting Software Architectures,
Views and Beyond”, 2nd Edition, Addison-Weseley, 2010.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Explain influence of software architecture on business and technical activities.
2. Identify key architectural styles.
3. Use styles and views to specify architecture.
4. Design document for a given architecture.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 2 1 2 2 1 1
CO2 1 3 2 2 2 1
CO3 2 1 2 2 1 1 3 1
CO4 1 2 1 1

UIT2527 COMPUTER GRAPHICS AND MULTIMEDIA 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● To understand the two-dimensional graphics and their transformations.
● To understand the three-dimensional graphics and their transformations.
● To appreciate illumination, color models and animation.
● To learn projection and clipping techniques.
● To study the concepts of multimedia computing.
UNIT I OUTPUT PRIMITIVES 6

Basic − Line − Circle and Ellipse drawing algorithms − Applications – Attributes of Output primitives
– Two-dimensional geometric transformations – Two-dimensional viewing and clipping – Input
techniques.
UNIT II THREE-DIMENSIONAL CONCEPTS 6

Three dimensional concepts; Three-dimensional object representations –Polygon surfaces; Curved Lines
and surfaces; Quadric surfaces; Spline representations – Cubic Spline Interpolation Methods – Bezier
curves and surfaces - B-Spline curves and surfaces - Fractals; Three dimensional geometric and
modelling transformations.
UNIT III THREE-DIMENSIONAL VIEWING AND VISIBLE SURFACE DETECTION 6
Viewing - Viewing Coordinates, Projections, Projection Transformations, Clipping; Classification of
visible surface detection algorithms - Back-Face detection, Depth-Buffer method, A-Buffer method,
Scan-Line Method, Depth-Sorting method, BSP-Tree method, Octree Methods.
UNIT IV COLOUR MODELS AND ANIMATION 6

Illumination– Light sources, Basic illumination models, Halftone patterns and dithering techniques;
Color models - Properties of light - Chromaticity diagram - RGB color model -YIQ color model-CMY
color model - HSV color model - HLS color model - Applications; Computer Animation.
UNIT V MULTIMEDIA SYSTEM 6

Multimedia basics − Multimedia applications − Multimedia system architecture - Defining objects for
multimedia systems - Compression and Decompression − Data and file format standards; Multimedia
authoring and user interface- Hypermedia Messaging.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Study of Fundamental Graphics Functions.
2. Implementation of Line drawing algorithms: DDA Algorithm, Bradenham's Algorithm.
3. Implementation of Circle drawing algorithms: Bradenham's Algorithm, Mid-Point Algorithm.
4. Programs on 2D and 3D transformations.
5. Write a program to implement Cohen Sutherland line clipping algorithm.
6. Using Flash/Maya perform different operations (rotation, scaling move etc..) on objects.
7. Create a Bouncing Ball using Key frame animation and Path animation
PRACTICAL: 30HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Donald Hearn and M. Pauline Baker, “Computer Graphics C Version”, Second Edition, Pearson,
2003.
REFERENCES:
1. Andleigh, P. K and Kiran Thakrar, Multimedia Systems and Design, PHI, 2003.
2. Judith Jeffcoate, Multimedia in practice: Technology and Applications, PHI, 1998.
3. Foley, Vandam, Feiner and Huges, Computer Graphics: Principles and Practice, 2nd Edition,
4. Xiant, Computer Graphics, Schaum Outline Series, Mc-Graw Hill Education, 2017.
5. Steve Marschner,Peter Shirley ,Fourth edition, Taylor & Francis Group, 2015.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Apply two dimensional transformations.
2. Apply three dimensional transformations.
3. Apply illumination and color models.
4. Apply clipping and projection techniques.
5. Design animation sequences.
6. Describe the characteristics and representations of various multimedia data.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 1 1 1
CO4 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 1 1 2 1 1
CO6 1 1 2 1 1
UEE2303 ELECTRONIC DEVICES AND CIRCUITS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the students to:
• Understand the structure of basic electronic devices.
• Be exposed to active and passive circuit elements.
• Familiarize the operation and applications of transistor like BJT and FET.
• Explore the characteristics of amplifier gain and frequency response.
• Learn the required functionality of positive and negative feedback systems.
UNIT I PN JUNCTION DEVICES 9

PN junction diode –structure, operation and V-I characteristics, diffusion and transition capacitance -
Rectifiers – Half Wave and Full Wave Rectifier, – Display devices- LED, Laser diodes, Zener diode
characteristics- Zener Reverse characteristics – Zener as regulator
UNIT II TRANSISTORS AND THYRISTORS 9

BJT, JFET, MOSFET- structure, operation, characteristics and Biasing UJT, Thyristors and IGBT -
Structure and characteristics.
UNIT III AMPLIFIERS 9

BJT small signal model – Analysis of CE, CB, CC amplifiers- Gain and frequency response –MOSFET
small signal model– Analysis of CS and Source follower – Gain and frequency response- High frequency
analysis.
UNIT IV MULTISTAGE AMPLIFIERS AND DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER 9

BIMOS cascade amplifier, Differential amplifier – Common mode and Difference mode analysis – FET
input stages – Single tuned amplifiers – Gain and frequency response – Neutralization methods, power
amplifiers –Types (Qualitative analysis).
UNIT V FEEDBACK AMPLIFIERS AND OSCILLATORS 9

Advantages of negative feedback – voltage / current, series, Shunt feedback –positive feedback – Condition
for oscillations, phase shift – Wien bridge, Hartley, Colpitts and Crystal oscillators.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. David A. Bell, ”Electronic devices and circuits”, Oxford University higher education, 5thEdition 2008.
2. Sedra and smith, “Microelectronic circuits”, 7th Ed., Oxford University Press.
REFERENCES:
1. Balbir Kumar, Shail.B.Jain, “Electronic devices and circuits” PHI learning private limited, 2nd2014.
2. Thomas L.Floyd, “Electronic devices” Conventional current version, Pearson prentice hall,
10thEdition, 2017.
3. Donald A Neamen, “Electronic Circuit Analysis and Design” Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition, 2003.
4. Robert L.Boylestad, “Electronic devices and circuit theory”, 2002.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon Successful Completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Explain the structure and working operation of basic electronic devices.
2. Able to identify and differentiate both active and passive elements.
3. Analyse the characteristics of different amplifiers in high frequency.
4. Choose and adapt the required components to construct an amplifier circuit.
5. Employ the acquired knowledge in design and analysis of oscillators.
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
UIT2621 SIGNALS, SYSTEMS, AND APPLICATIONS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
The objective of this course is to enable the students:
● To understand signals and linear systems
● To learn Fourier and wavelet analysis
● To understand integral transforms
● To apply transforms to solve the problems related to IT
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 9

Continuous time signals, Discrete time Signals, Analog and Digital Signals, Periodic and Aperiodic
Signals, Energy and Power Signals, Detenninistic and Random Signals, Unit step function, Unit impulse,
Linear and Nonlinear Systems, Time-Invariant and Time-Varying Systems, Instantaneous and Dynamic
Systems, Causal and Noncausal Systems, Continuous-Time and Discrete-Time Systems, Analog and
Digital Systems, System model
UNIT II BASIC OPERATIONS WITH SIGNALS 9

Time shifting, Time scaling, Time Reversal, Energy, Impulse response, correlation and convolution in
continuous and discrete time domains, Autocorrelation and auto convolution, Concept of frequency in
continuous and discrete-time signals, the sampling theorem,
UNIT III FOURIER TRASNFORM AND APPLICATIONS 9

Continuous time Fourier series, Discrete time Fourier series, Continuous time Fourier transform, Discrete-
time Fourier transform, Discrete Fourier transform,
Applications: Data cleaning using Fourier analysis, Tempo and beat tracking in music
UNIT IV WAVELET TRANSFORM AND APPLICATIONS 9

Introduction to wavelets, Continuous wavelet transform, Discrete wavelet transforms
Applications: Edge detection, Data Compression,
UNIT V INTEGRAL TRANSFORMS 9

Introduction to integral transforms, Mellin Transform, Hilbert transform, Radon transform, Hermite
transform
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. B P Lathi, Principles of Linear Systems and Signals, 2nd edition, Oxford University Press, 2009.
2. The Illustrated Wavelet Handbook, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis Group, 2nd edition, 2017.
3. Lokenath Debnath, and Dambaru Bhatta, Integral Transform and their applications, Chapmann &
Hall/CRC, Taylor and Francis Group, 2nd edition, 2007
REFERENCES:
1. Meinard Muller, Fundamentals of Music Processing, Springer, 2015
2. Richard G. Lyons, Understanding Digital Signal Processing, Second Edition, Pearson Education,
2005
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students should be able to
1. Define various types of continuous and discrete-time signals and systems, and to perform the
basic operations on the given signal
2. Estimate the frequency content of a given signal using Fourier transform
3. Apply wavelet transform to perform compression
4. Understand a given new transform using the integral transform generalization
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 3 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 3 1 1 1 2 1 2
CO4 3 1 1 2 1 1

ADVANCED ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
UIT2622 TECHNIQUES
2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Learn the features of some of the advanced artificial intelligence techniques.
● Understand the fundamental concepts, strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of advanced AI
techniques.
● Know about the ideas of advanced AI techniques in solving real world problems.
UNIT I PLANNING 6
Classic planning, planning as state-space search, planning graphs, hierarchical planning, planning and acting
in non-deterministic domains, multiagent planning
UNIT II DECISION MAKING 6

Making simple decisions –combining beliefs and desires under uncertainty, Utility functions, Decision
networks; Making complex decisions – sequential decision problems, Value iteration, Policy iteration,
Partially observable MDPs
UNIT III PROBABILISTIC MODELS AND REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 6

Statistical learning, learning with complex data, learning with hidden variables – EM algorithm;
Reinforcement Learning (RL) – passive RL, active RL, generalization in RL, policy search
UNIT IV NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING ANDCOMMUNICATION 6

Language models, text classification, information retrieval and extraction; Phrase structure grammars,
syntactic analysis, sematic interpretation, machine translation, speech recognition
UNIT V PERCEPTION 6
Image formation, image processing operations, object recognition by appearance, reconstructing the 3D
world, object recognition from structural information
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Implementation of Object recognition.
2. Implementation of text classification.
3. Implementation of language models.
4. Implementation of machine translation.
5. Implementation of different image processing operations.
6. Implementation of sequential decision problem.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS
1. Russell, Stuart J., and Peter Norvig. "Artificial intelligence: a modern approach." Pearson Education
Limited, 2016.
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, “Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction”, MIT Press,
2nd edition, 2018.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Describe the features of some of the advanced artificial intelligence techniques.
2. Understand the fundamental concepts, strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of advanced AI
techniques.
3. Understand about the NLP and language models.
4. Learn about the different concepts related to perception.
5. Apply ideas of advanced AI techniques in solving real world problems
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
CO3 3 1 1 3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 1 1 1 2
CO5 3 2 1 2 2 2 2
UIT2623 BUSINESS ANALYTICS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
The student should be made to:
• Be exposed with the basic rudiments of business analytics.
• Understand the modelling aspects behind Business Intelligence.
• Understand about the business forecasting.
• Learn about the HR and supply chain analytics.
• Learn about the marketing and sales analytics.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO BUSSINESS ANALYTICS 6

Analytics and Data Science – Analytics Life Cycle – Types of Analytics – Business Problem Definition –
Data Collection – Data Preparation – Hypothesis Generation – Modeling – Validation and Evaluation –
Interpretation – Deployment and Iteration.
UNIT II BUSSINESS INTELLIGENCE 6
Data Warehouses and Data Mart - Knowledge Management – Types of Decisions - Decision Making Process
- Decision Support Systems – Business Intelligence – OLAP –, Analytic functions.
UNIT III BUSSINESS FORECASTING 6

Introduction to Business Forecasting and Predictive analytics - Logic and Data Driven Models – Data Mining
and Predictive Analysis Modeling – Machine Learning for Predictive analytics.
UNIT IV HR AND SUPPLY CHAIN ANALYTICS 6

Human Resources – Planning and Recruitment – Training and Development - Supply chain network -
Planning Demand, Inventory and Supply – Logistics – Analytics applications in HR & Supply Chain.
UNIT V MARKETING AND SALES ANALYTICS 6

Marketing Strategy, Marketing Mix, Customer Behavior – selling Process – Sales Planning – Analytics
applications in Marketing and Sales.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONET:
1. Introduction to SPSS, Sorting File, Split File, Compute File, Recode File and Select Cases.
2. Chi- Square Test (Parametric and Non-Parametric Test).
3. Exploratory Factor Analysis.
4. Cluster analysis
5. Logical regression.
6. Discriminant analysis.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Efraim Turban, Ramesh Sharda, Dursun Delen, “Decision Support and Business Intelligence
Systems”, 9th Edition, Pearson 2013.
2. R. Evans James, Business Analytics, 2017.
3. R N Prasad, Seema Acharya, Fundamentals of Business Analytics, 2016.
4. Philip Kotler and Kevin Keller, Marketing Management, 15th edition, PHI, 2016
5. VSP RAO, Human Resource Management, 3rd Edition, Excel Books, 2010.
6. Mahadevan B, “Operations Management -Theory and Practice”, 3rd Edition, Pearson
Education,2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Larissa T. Moss, S. Atre, “Business Intelligence Roadmap: The Complete Project Lifecycle of
Decision Making”, Addison Wesley, 2003.
2. Carlo Vercellis, “Business Intelligence: Data Mining and Optimization for Decision Making”, Wiley
Publications, 2009.
3. David Loshin Morgan, Kaufman, “Business Intelligence: The Savvy Manager‟s Guide”, Second
Edition, 2012.
4. Cindi Howson, “Successful Business Intelligence: Secrets to Making BI a Killer App”, McGraw-
Hill, 2007.
5. Ralph Kimball, Margy Ross, Warren Thornthwaite, Joy Mundy, Bob Becker, “The Data Warehouse
Lifecycle Toolkit”, Wiley Publication Inc.,2007
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the students will be able to
1. Explain the fundamentals of business intelligence.
2. Apply various modelling techniques in business intelligence.
3. Explain the data analysis and knowledge delivery stages.
4. Perform business forecasting.
5. Apply business intelligence tools appropriate for various situations.
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
CO5 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2
UIT2624 SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the basic tenets of software quality and quality factors.
• Understand of how the SQA components can be integrated into the project life cycle.
• Be familiar with the software quality infrastructure and management.
• To learn the software quality assurance, metrics, defect prevention techniques
• To learn the techniques for quality assurance and applying for applications.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE QUALITY & ARCHITECTURE 9

Need for Software quality – Quality challenges – Software quality assurance (SQA) – Definition and
objectives – Software quality factors- McCall‟s quality model – SQA system and architecture – Software
Project life cycle Components – Pre project quality components – Development and quality plans.
UNIT II SQA COMPONENTS AND TESTING 9

Software Development methodologies – Quality assurance activities in the development process-
Verification & Validation – Reviews – Software Testing – Software Testing implementations – Quality of
software maintenance – Pre-Maintenance of software quality components – Quality assurance tools –
CASE tools for software quality – Software maintenance quality.
UNIT III SOFTWARE QUALITY INFRASTRUCTURE 9

Procedures and work instructions – Templates – Checklists – 3S development – Staff training and
certification Corrective and preventive actions – Configuration management – Software change control –
Configuration management audit -Documentation control – Storage and retrieval.
UNIT IV SOFTWARE QUALITY ASSURANCE TECHNIQUES 9

Quality Assurance - Root Cause Analysis, modeling, technologies, standards and methodologies for defect
prevention. Fault Tolerance and Failure Containment - Safety Assurance and Damage Control, Hazard
analysis using fault-trees and event-trees. Comparing Quality Assurance Techniques and Activities. QA
Monitoring and Measurement, Risk Identification for Quantifiable Quality Improvement. Case Study:
FSM-Based Testing of Web-Based Applications.
UNIT V SOFTWARE QUALITY STANDARDS 9

Software quality – People’s Quality Expectations, Frameworks and ISO-9126, McCall‘s Quality Factors
and Criteria – Relationship. Quality Metrics. Quality Characteristics ISO 9000:2000 Software Quality
Standard. Maturity models- Test Process Improvement, Testing Maturity Model.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
REFERENCES:
1. Software Testing and Quality Assurance-Theory and Practice, Kshirasagar Nak Priyadarshi
Tripathy, John Wiley & Sons Inc,2008
2. Daniel Galin, “Software Quality Assurance”, Pearson Publication, 2009.
3. Software Quality Engineering: Testing, Quality Assurance, and Quantifiable Improvement, Jeff
Tian, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., Hoboken, New Jersey. 2005.
4. Software Quality Assurance - From Theory to Implementation, Daniel Galin, Pearson Education
Ltd UK, 2004
5. Software Quality Assurance, Milind Limaye, TMH, New Delhi, 2011
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand the elements of Software Quality Assurance.
2. Demonstrate their capability to adopt quality standards.
3. Apply the concepts in preparing the quality plan & documents.
4. Identify defect prevention techniques and software quality assurance metrics.
5. Apply techniques of quality assurance for typical applications.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 1 1 1
CO5 2 1 1
UIT2625 BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGIES 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the basics of blockchain technology.
• Study the technologies behind cryptocurrencies.
• Learn how consensus algorithms are used in blockchain technology.
• Understand the Ethereum based blockchain networks.
• Acquire knowledge on trends and different applications of blockchain technology.
Basic Cryptographic primitives used in Blockchain - a short overview of Hashing, signature schemes,
encryption schemes and elliptic curve cryptography Secure, Collision-resistant hash functions, public key
cryptosystems, zero-knowledge proof systems. Need for Distributed Record Keeping, Modelling faults and
adversaries, Byzantine Generals problem, Consensus algorithms and their scalability problems, Why
Nakamoto Came up with Blockchain based cryptocurrency?
UNIT II CRYPTOCURRENCY (BITCOIN) 9

Bitcoin blockchain - Wallet - Blocks - Merkley Tree - hardness of mining - transaction verifiability -
anonymity - forks - double spending - mathematical analysis of properties of Bitcoin - Bitcoin scripting
language and their use - Bitcoin, the challenges, and solutions
UNIT III CONSENSUS ALGORITHMS 9

Abstract Models for BLOCKCHAIN - GARAY model - RLA Model - Proof of Work (PoW) as random
oracle - formal treatment of consistency, liveness and fairness - Proof of Stake (PoS) based Chains – Proof
of burn, POET, RBFT Hybrid models.
UNIT IV ETHEREUM 9
Ethereum - Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM) - Wallets for Ethereum - Solidity - Smart Contracts - The
Turing Completeness of Smart Contract Languages and verification challenges, using smart contracts to
enforce legal contracts, comparing Bitcoin scripting vs. Ethereum Smart Contracts. Some attacks on smart
contracts
UNIT V BLOCKCHAIN TRENDS AND APPLICATIONS 9

Beyond Cryptocurrency – applications of blockchain in cyber security, integrity of information, E-
Governance and other contract enforcement mechanisms. Limitations of blockchain as a technology, and
myths vs. reality of blockchain technology. Applications: Internet of Things, Medical Record Management
System, Supply chain management and future of Blockchain.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. S. Shukla, M. Dhawan, S. Sharma, S. Venkatesan, Blockchain Technology: Cryptocurrency and
Applications, Oxford University Press 2019.
REFERENCES:
1. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller, and Steven Gold Feder, Bitcoin
and cryptocurrency technologies: a comprehensive introduction. Princeton University Press, 2016.
2. Joseph Bonneau et.al, Research perspectives and challenges for Bitcoin and cryptocurrency IEEE
Symposium on security and Privacy, 2015
3. J.A. Garay et al, The bitcoin backbone protocol -analysis and applications EUROCRYPT, LNCS
Vol. 9057, (Vol II), pp 281-310,2015
4. R. Pass et al, Analysis of Blockchain protocol in Asynchronous networks, EUROCRYPT 2017
5. Josh Thompson Blockchain: The Blockchain for Beginnings, Guild to Blockchain Technology and
Blockchain Programming’, Create Space Independent Publishing Platform, 2017
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Define and explain the fundamentals of Blockchain.
2. Illustrate the technologies of blockchain.
3. Describe the models of blockchain.
4. Analyse and demonstrate the Ethereum.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 2
CO3 3 2 1 2 3 3
CO4 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 1 3 2
UIT2626 CONTROL SYSTEMS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the components and their representation of control systems
• To learn various methods for analyzing the time response, frequency response and stability of the
systems.
• To learn the various approach for the state variable analysis.
UNIT I SYSTEMS COMPONENTS AND THEIR REPRESENTATION 9

Control system-Terminology and Basic Structure-Feed forward and Feedback control theoryElectrical and
Mechanical Transfer Function Models-Block diagram Models-Signal flow graphs models-DC and AC
servo Systems-Synchronous -Multivariable control system.
UNIT II TIME RESPONSE ANALYSIS 9

Transient response-steady state response-Measures of performance of the standard first order and second
order system-effect on an additional zero and an additional pole-steady error constant and system- type
number-PID control-Analytical design for PD, PI,PID control systems.
UNIT III FREQUENCY RESPONSE AND SYSTEM ANALYSIS 9

Closed loop frequency response-Performance specification in frequency domain-Frequency response of
standard second order system- Bode Plot - Polar Plot- Nyquist Plots-Design of compensators using Bode
Plots-Cascade lead compensation-Cascade lag compensation-Cascade lag-lead compensation.
UNIT IV CONCEPTS OF STABILITY ANALYSIS 9

Concept of stability-Bounded - Input Bounded - Output stability-Routh stability criterion-Relative
Stability-Root locus concept-Guidelines for sketching root locus-Nyquist stability criterion.
UNIT V CONTROL SYSTEM ANALYSIS USING STATE VARIABLE METHODS 9

State variable representation-Conversion of state variable models to transfer functions-Conversion of
transfer functions to state variable models-Solution of state equations-Concepts of Controllability and
Observability-Stability of linear systems-Equivalence between transfer function and state variable
representations-State variable analysis of digital control system-Digital control design using state feedback.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. M. Gopal, Control System – Principles and Design‖, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition, 2012.
REFERENCES
1. J. Nagrath and M. Gopal, Control System Engineering‖, New Age International Publishers, 5 th
Edition, 2007.
2. K. Ogata, Modern Control Engineering, 5th edition, PHI, 2012.
3. S. K. Bhattacharya, Control System Engineering, 3rd Edition, Pearson, 2013.
4. Benjamin C. Kuo, Automatic control systems‖, Prentice Hall of India, 7th Edition,1995.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Identify the various control system components and their representations.
2. Analyze the various time domain parameters and different types of control systems..
3. Analysis the various frequency response plots for analyzing the system.
4. Apply the concepts of various system stability criterions.
5. Design various
6. s transfer functions of digital control system using state variable models.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO2 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO3 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO4 3 2 1 1 2 1 1
CO5 3 2 1 1 2 1 1

UIT2627 INTRODUCTION TO AR/VR/MR/XR 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the concept of virtual reality and augmented reality
• To study visual computation in virtual reality
• To provide an opportunity to explore the research issues in Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality
(AR &VR).
• To know the basic concepts and framework of virtual reality.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION OF VIRTUAL REALITY 9

Fundamental Concept and Components of Virtual Reality. Primary Features and Present Development on
Virtual Reality. Multiple Models of Input and Output Interface in Virtual Reality: Input -- Tracker, Sensor,
Digital Glove, Movement Capture, Video-based Input, 3D Menus & 3DScanner etc. Output -- Visual
/Auditory / Haptic Devices.
UNIT II VISUAL COMPUTATION IN VIRTUAL REALITY 9

Fundamentals of Computer Graphics. Software and Hardware Technology on Stereoscopic Display.
Advanced Techniques in CG: Management of Large-Scale Environments & Real Time Rendering. Interactive
Techniques in Virtual Reality: Body Track, Hand Gesture, 3D Manus, Object Grasp.
UNIT III DEVELOPMENT TOOLS AND FRAMEWORKS IN VIRTUAL REALITY9

Frameworks of Software Development Tools in VR. X3D Standard; Vega, MultiGen, Virtools
UNIT IV APPLICATION OF VR IN DIGITAL ENTERTAINMENT 9

VR Technology in Film & TV Production. VR Technology in Physical Exercises and Games. Demonstration
of Digital Entertainment by VR.
UNIT V AUGMENTED AND MIXED REALITY 9

Taxonomy, technology and features of augmented reality, difference between AR and VR, Challenges with
AR, AR systems and functionality, Augmented reality methods, visualization techniques for augmented
reality, wireless displays in educational augmented reality applications, mobile projection interfaces, marker-
less tracking for augmented reality, enhancing interactivity in AR environments, evaluating AR systems. 4.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet. Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition. Wiley-IEEE Press,
2003/2006.
2. Alan B. Crai`g, Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications, Morgan Kaufmann,
2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Alan Craig, William Sherman and Jeffrey Will, Developing Virtual Reality Applications,
Foundations of Effective Design, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Describe the concept of virtual reality and augmented reality.
2. Have an idea of VR and AR tools
3. Apply VR and AR concepts in real world applications.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 2 2
CO3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3

DEEP LEARNING CONCEPTS AND
UIT2721 2 0 2 3
ARCHITECTURES
OBJECTIVES:
● To provide the mathematical and computational demands of building neural networks.
● To study the concepts of deep learning.
● To introduce dimensionality reduction techniques.
● To apply deep learning techniques for real time applications.
UNIT I MATHEMATICAL PRELIMINARIES 6

Probability, continuous and discrete distributions; Gradient descent, Stochastic gradient descent, maximum
likelihood estimation, cost functions: maximum likelihood based cost, cross entropy, MSE cost, hypotheses
and tasks: regression - classification - clustering.
UNIT II LEARNING IN NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Feed-forward networks: MLP, sigmoid units; output vs hidden layers; linear vs nonlinear networks;
recursive chain rule (backpropagation); bias-variance tradeoff, regularization; output units: linear, softmax;
hidden units: tanh, RELU, Case study.
UNIT III CONVOLUTIONAL NEURAL NETWORKS 6

Convolution, Pooling and fully connected layers, complete CNN architecture: AlexNet - VGG - Inception
- ResNet, Training a Convnet: weights initialization - batch normalization - hyper parameter optimization,
Case Study – Image Classification using CNNs.
UNIT IV SEQUENCE MODELING USING RECURRENT NETS 6

Recurrent Neural Networks (RNN), Bidirectional RNN, Long Short-Term Memory (LSTM), GRU; Case
Study - Language Modelling, Image Captioning using RNNs.
UNIT V UNSUPERVISED AND DEEP REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 6

Autoencoder, Generative Adversarial Networks, Deep Reinforcement Learning -Policy gradients, hard
attention, Q-Learning, Actor-Critic, Case Study – Text-to-Image Synthesis using GAN.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Image caption Generator using CNN and LSTM.
2. Text to image synthesis using GAN.
3. Visualization of filters and feature maps in Convolution Neural Network.
4. Image classification using CNN.
5. Pre-trained CNN models for feature extraction.
6. Pre-trained CNN models for feature extraction.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio, Aaron Courville, "Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson, "Deep Learning: A Practitioner’s Approach”, O’Reilly Media,
2017.
2. Tom Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition,1997.
3. Francois Chollet, “Deep Learning with Python”, Manning, 2018.
4. Charu C. Aggarwal, Neural Networks and Deep Learning: A Textbook, Springer, 2018.
5. Umberto Michelucci, Applied Deep Learning: A Case-Based Approach to Understanding Deep
Neural Networks, Apress, 2018.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, the student should be able to
1. Explain Deep Learning algorithms and their limitations
2. Apply Deep Learning algorithms in practice.
3. Apply CNN for different applications.
4. Perform sequence modelling using recurrent nets.
5. Apply unsupervised and deep reinforcement learning
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2
CO2 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
CO3 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
CO5 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 2
UIT2722 BIO-INSPIRED OPTIMIZATION TECHNIQUES 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Learn the natural phenomena that motivate the bio-inspired algorithms.
● Understand the fundamental concepts, strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of nature-
inspired algorithms.
● Study nature-inspired algorithms to optimization, design and learning problems.
Nature-based computing – three branches; General concepts – individuals, entities and agents, parallelism and
distributivity, adaptation, self-organization, bottom-up vs. top-down, determinism, chaos and fractals.
UNIT II EVOLUTIONARY COMPUTING 6

Evolutionary biology – evolution, genetics; Genetic algorithm – Roulette wheel selection, crossover,
mutation, applications – pattern recognition, numerical functional optimization.
UNIT III NEUROCOMPUTING 6

Nervous system – neurons, synapses, networks, maps; Artificial neural networks – types of neurons,
architectures and learning; Hebbian learning, single and multilayer perceptron, self-organizing maps,
Hopfield networks.
UNIT IV SWARM INTELLIGENCE 9

Ant colonies – organization and foraging; Ant Colony Optimization (ACO) – simple and general ACO; Ant
clustering algorithm; Swarm robotics; Particle swarm optimization.
UNIT V IMMUNOCOMPUTING 9
Immune system – physiology, components, adaptive immune response; Artificial immune response –
immune algorithms; Bone marrow models; Negative selection algorithms; Artificial immune networks.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Implement classical optimization algorithms
2. Application of genetic algorithm - e.g., route navigation
3. Application of ant colony optimization - e.g., scheduling
4. Application of particle swarm optimization - e.g., prediction of pollution level
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK
1. Leandro Nunes de Castro, " Fundamentals of Natural Computing, Basic Concepts, Algorithms and
Applications", Chapman & Hall/ CRC, Taylor and Francis Group, 2007
REFERENCE BOOKS
1. M. Wahde, “Biologically Inspired Optimization Methods: An Introduction”, WIT Press, 2008
2. Xin She-Yang, “Nature Inspired Optimization Algorithms”, Elsevier, 2014
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Describe the natural phenomena that motivate the bio-inspired algorithms.
2. Understand the fundamental concepts, strengths, weaknesses and appropriateness of nature-
inspired algorithms.
3. Apply nature-inspired algorithms to optimization, design and learning problems.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 3
CO2 1 1 3 2 3
CO3 3 1 1 3 2 2 3
UIT2723 BIG DATA MANAGEMENT 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand about big data.
• To learn and use NoSQL big data management.
• To learn map-reduce analytics using Hadoop and related tools.
• To understand the usage of Hadoop related tools for Big Data Analytics.
UNIT I UNDERSTANDING BIG DATA 6

What is big data – why big data – convergence of key trends – unstructured data – industry examples of big
data – web analytics – big data and marketing – fraud and big data – risk and big data – credit risk management
– big data and algorithmic trading – big data and healthcare – big data in medicine – advertising and big data
– big data technologies – introduction to Hadoop – open source technologies – cloud and big data – mobile
business intelligence – Crowd sourcing analytics – inter and trans firewall analytics.
UNIT II NOSQL DATA MANAGEMENT 6

Introduction to NoSQL – aggregate data models – aggregates – key-value and document data models –
relationships – graph databases – schema-less databases – materialized views – distribution models – sharding
– master-slave replication – peer-peer replication – sharding and replication – consistency – relaxing
consistency – version stamps – map-reduce – partitioning and combining – composing map-reduce
calculations.
UNIT III BASICS OF HADOOP 6

Data format – analyzing data with Hadoop – scaling out – Hadoop streaming – Hadoop pipes – design of
Hadoop distributed file system (HDFS) – HDFS concepts – Java interface – data flow – Hadoop I/O – data
integrity – compression – serialization – Avro – file-based data structures.
UNIT IV MAPREDUCE APPLICATIONS 6

MapReduce workflows – unit tests with MRUnit – test data and local tests – anatomy of MapReduce job run
– classic Map-reduce – YARN – failures in classic Map-reduce and YARN – job scheduling – shuffle and
sort – task execution – MapReduce types – input formats – output formats.
UNIT V HADOOP RELATED TOOLS 6

Hbase – data model and implementations – Hbase clients – Hbase examples – praxis.Cassandra – cassandra
data model – cassandra examples – cassandra clients – Hadoop integration. Pig – Grunt – pig data model –
Pig Latin – developing and testing Pig Latin scripts. Hive – data types and file formats – HiveQL data
definition – HiveQL data manipulation – HiveQL queries.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Installation of Hadoop.
2. File Management tasks in Hadoop.
3. Word Count Map program.
4. Program to analyse Time-Temperature statistics and generate report with maximum/minimum
temperature.
5. Implementation of matrix multiplication with Hadoop Map Reduce.
6. Pig Latin scripts to sort, group, join, project and filter the data.
7. Hive databases, tables, views, functions and Indexes.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Tom White, "Hadoop: The Definitive Guide", Third Edition, O'Reilley, 2012.
2. P. J. Sadalage and M. Fowler, "NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging World of Polyglot
Persistence", Addison-Wesley Professional, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Michael Minelli, Michelle Chambers, and Ambiga Dhiraj, "Big Data, Big Analytics: Emerging Business
Intelligence and Analytic Trends for Today's Businesses", Wiley, 2013.
2. 4. Eric Sammer, "Hadoop Operations", O'Reilley, 2012.
3. E. Capriolo, D. Wampler, and J. Rutherglen, "Programming Hive", O'Reilley, 2012.
4. Lars George, "HBase: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2011.
5. Eben Hewitt, "Cassandra: The Definitive Guide", O'Reilley, 2010.
6. Alan Gates, "Programming Pig", O'Reilley, 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon Completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Describe big data and use cases from selected business domains.
2. Explain NoSQL big data management.
3. Install, configure, and run Hadoop and HDFS to perform map-reduce analytics using Hadoop.
4. Use Hadoop related tools such as HBase, Cassandra, Pig, and Hive for big data analytics.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2

UIT2724 SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To outline the need for Software Project Management
• To highlight different techniques for software cost estimation and activity planning.
UNIT I PROJECT PLANNING 9

Importance of Software Project Management – Activities Methodologies – Categorization of Software
Projects – Setting objectives – Management Principles – Management Control – Project portfolio
Management – Cost-benefit evaluation technology – Risk evaluation – Strategic program Management –
Stepwise Project Planning.
UNIT II PROJECT EFFORT ESTIMATION 9

Software process and Process Models – Choice of Process models - mental delivery – Rapid Application
development – Agile methods – Extreme Programming – SCRUM – Managing interactive processes – Basics
of Software estimation – Effort and Cost estimation techniques – COSMIC Full function points - COCOMO
II A Parametric Productivity Model - Staffing Pattern.
UNIT III ACTIVITY PLANNING AND RISK MANAGEMENT TOOLS 9

Objectives of Activity planning – Project schedules – Activities – Sequencing and scheduling – Network
Planning models – Forward Pass & Backward Pass techniques – Critical path (CRM) method – Risk
identification – Assessment – Monitoring – PERT technique – Monte Carlo simulation – Resource Allocation
– Creation of critical patterns – Cost schedules.
UNIT IV PROJECT CONTROL AND MANAGEMENT 9
Framework for control and Management– Collection of data Project termination – Visualizing progress –
Cost monitoring – Earned Value Analysis- Project tracking – Change control- Software Configuration
Management – Managing contracts – Contract Management.
UNIT V STAFFING IN SOFTWARE PROJECTS 9

Managing people – Organizational behavior – Best methods of staff selection – Motivation – The Oldham-
Hackman job characteristic model – Ethical and Programmed concerns – Working in teams – Decision
making – Team structures – Virtual teams – Communications genres – Communication plans – Management
case studies.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Bob Hughes, Mike Cotterell and Rajib Mall: Software Project Management – Fifth Edition, Tata
McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 2012.
REFERENCES:
1. Robert K. Wysocki “Effective Software Project Management” – Wiley Publication,2011.
2. Walker Royce: “Software Project Management”- Addison-Wesley, 1998.
3. Gopalaswamy Ramesh, “Managing Global Software Projects” – McGraw Hill Education (India),
Fourteenth Reprint 2013.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course the students will be able to
1. Understand Project Management principles while developing software.
2. Gain extensive knowledge about the basic project management concepts, framework and the
process models.
3. Obtain adequate knowledge about software process models and software effort estimation
techniques.
4. Estimate the risks involved in various project activities.
5. Define the checkpoints, project reporting structure, project progress and tracking mechanisms
using project management principles.
6. Learn staff selection process and the issues related to people management
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO4 2 1 1 2 1 1 2
CO5 2 1 2 1 1 1 2
CO6 1 1 1
UIT2725 INFORMATION PRIVACY 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce the basics of Information Privacy
• To make the learner aware of the globally used privacy principles and guidelines
• To make the learner understand various privacy risk, threats, violation and adopt privacy by
designing IT solutions
• To understand and apply privacy enhancing technologies.
UNIT I PRIVACY IN DIGITAL AGE 7
What is privacy?Nissenbaum’s Contextual Integrity, AlanWestin’s privacy states, Ryan Calo’s Harm
Dimensions, Sloove’s taxonomy-Privacy, security and data governance – The data life cycle- Online issues
in privacy- case study: Technology challenges for privacy.
UNIT II PRIVACY PRINCIPLES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS 7

The Fair Information Practice Principles (FIPPs), OECD’s Guidelines on the Protection of Privacy and
Transborder Flows of Personal Data (1980), The Privacy Framework (2005), Generally Accepted Privacy
Principles, NIST/NICE frameworks. Standards-ISO/IEC 27701- Regulations: PIPEDA, EU DPD, GDPR,
Hongkong’s Personal Data Ordinance- India’s Privacy Data protection bill- Based on domain: HIPPA,
Principles of Interactive advertisement Bureau-PCIDSS- CALOPPA-COPPA- e Privacy Directive
UNIT III PRIVACY RISK, THREAT AND VIOLATION 11

Privacy threats and violations: Information collection, Information processing, Information dissemination,
Invasions, Decisional inference through dark patterns - Privacy harms: subjective and objective- Risk
analysis: FAIR method, organizational risk, domain redux- Quantifying risk: computing the risk of
exposure.
UNIT IV ADOPTING PRIVACY BY DESIGN 11

Foundational principles – Challenges of principles - The Privacy by Design Process: requirements
engineering for privacy, understanding quality attributes, identify information needs, High level design,
Low Level Design and Implementation, imposing controls, Testing and validation - Integrating Privacy by
Design into the Business.
UNIT V PRIVACY ENHANCING TECHNOLOGIES 9

Data Oriented Strategies: Separate, minimize, abstract, hide – Techniques: Aggregation, De-identification,
Encryption, Identity and access management, Authentication - Process Oriented Strategies: Informing the
Individual, User Control, Policy and Process Enforcement, Demonstrate Compliance.
TOTAL: 45HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. An Introduction to Privacy for Technology Professionals,Executive EditorTravis D. Breaux
2. Strategic Privacy by Design R. Jason Cronk, CIPP/US, CIPM, CIPT, FIP
REFERENCES:
1. Privacy in Technology Standards and Practices for Engineers and Security and IT Professionals by
JC Cannon
2. Alessandro Acquisti, Leslie John, and George Loewenstein, “What Is Privacy Worth?” Carnegie
Mellon University- Heinz College, Heinz CMU, 2010, accessed July 5, 2018,
www.heinz.cmu.edu/~acquisti/papers/acquisti-ISRworth.pdf
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Understand and apply the basics of cyber security
2. Recognize different exploitation techniques
3. Identify various security attacks and select appropriate security mechanisms
4. Explore various defense and vulnerability analysis tools
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 3 3
CO3 2 2 1 2 2 2
CO4 1 2 2 1 1 3
UIT2726 SOFTWARE DEFINED NETWORKS 3 0 0 3
OBJECTIVES:
● To learn the fundamentals of software defined networks.
● To understand the separation of the data plane and the control plane.
● To study about the SDN Programming.
● To study about the various applications of SDN
Introduction to Software Defined Networking (SDN) – Modern Data Center – Traditional Switch
Architecture – Why SDN – Evolution of SDN – How SDN Works – Centralized and Distributed Control
and Data Planes: SDN Data plane, Control Plane, Application Plane.
UNIT II OPEN FLOW AND SDN CONTROLLERS 9

Open Flow: Open Flow Specification, FloodLight, Mininet – Drawbacks of Open SDN, SDN via APIs,
SDN via Hypervisor-Based Overlays – SDN via Opening up the Device – SDN Controllers – Overlay
model and network model for cloud computing.
UNIT III DATA CENTERS AND NETWORK VIRTUALIZATION 9

Multitenant and Virtualized Multitenant Data Center – SDN Solutions for the Data Center Network –
VLANs – EVPN – VxLAN – NVGRE - Network Virtualization: Concepts, Benefits, requirements,
Reference architecture, Management, Functionality and Infrastructure
UNIT IV SDN PROGRAMMING 9

Programming SDNs: Northbound Application Programming Interface, Current Languages and Tools,
Composition of SDNs – Network Functions Virtualization (NFV) and Software Defined Networks:
Concepts, Implementation and Applications, Network functions Virtualization:Virtual LAN, Virtual
Private Networks: IPSEC, MPLS, Network Virtualization Architecture and Benefits
UNIT V SDN AND IMPLICATIONS OF QOS AND QOE 9

Juniper SDN Framework – IETF SDN Framework – Open Daylight Controller – Floodlight Controller –
Bandwidth Calendaring – Data Center Orchestration, Network Design Implications of QoS and QoE: QoS
Architectural Framework, SLA, IP Performance metrics, QoE: Strategies, Measurements, QoE/QoS
Mapping models.
TOTAL: 45 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Paul Goransson and Chuck Black, ―Software Defined Networks: A Comprehensive Approach,
First Edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2014.
2. Thomas D. Nadeau, Ken Gray, ―SDN: Software Defined Networks, O’Reilly Media, 2013.
REFERENCES:
1. Siamak Azodolmolky, ―Software Defined Networking with Open Flow, Packet Publishing,
2013.
2. Vivek Tiwari, ―SDN and Open Flow for Beginners‖, Amazon Digital Services, Inc., 2013.
3. Fei Hu, Editor, ―Network Innovation through Open Flow and SDN: Principles and Design, CRC
Press, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to:
1. Analyze the evolution of software defined networks
2. Express the various components of SDN and their uses
3. Explain the use of SDN in the current networking scenario
4. Design and develop various applications of SDN
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
CO2 1 1 1 1 2
CO3 1 1 1
CO4 1 1 1 1 1 2

VIDEO: EDITING, PRODUCTION, AND
UIT2727 2 0 2 3
CINEMATOGRAPHY
OBJECIVES:
• To learn about the fundamentals of camera engineering and cinematography.
• To understand the postproduction video editing.
• To know about audio mixing and engineering.
• To learn about animation and special effects.
• To learn about the different tools used for video editing.
UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF CAMERA ENGINEERING ANDINEMATOGRAPHY 6

Principles of camera : History of camera, architecture, shutter, aperture; Single Lens Reflection system (SLR),
Digital Cameras, Digital Single Lens Reflection System (DSLR), Video cameras, Motion cameras, IMAX
systems - Video format and Aspect ratios: Scanning; Progressive and Interlaced, PAL, NTSE, SECAM,
Aspect ratios, HD, Full-HD, 2K, 4K, 8K, Anamorphic, IMAX video format, 3D Normal Frame Rate (3D-
NFR), 3D High Frame Rate (3D-HFR), HDR and Dolby Vision - Principles of cinematography and
photography: Lighting methods, outdoor, indoor, ISO, Shutter and Aperture control, Subject and background
composition
UNIT II POST PRODUCTION VIDEO EDITING 6

Image file formats: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPEG 2000, PNG, RAW, Web P - Video file formats: Video containers;
3GPP, MPEG -4, MPEG – 4 TS, Matroska, Web M, Video encoders; avi, H.263, H 264 AVC Baseline
Profile, H264 AVC Main profile, H265 HEVC – Introduction to video editing tools: Adobe Premier Pro, Final
Cut Pro X
UNIT III AUDIO MIXING AND ENGINEERING 6

Evolution of audio: History of audio, Analog and digital audio - Standard audio types: Mono and Stereo –
Audio formats: Lossy format; MP3, AAC, OggVorbis, Lossless formats; FLAC, ALAC, Uncompressed
Formats; WAV, AIFF, DSD, PCM – Advanced audio types: Muti-Channel audio: Types, Audio Panning,
Discrete Tracks, Dolby and DTS systems – Object based audio systems: DTS-X - Introduction to audio editing
tools: Adobe Audition CC
UNIT IV ANIMATION AND SPECIAL EFFECTS 6

Evolution of animation in movies – Concept of Visual effects (VFX) – Special effects and animation tools:
flash, flash 3D, Blender, Adobe after effects – VR and AR: Unity; Creation of virtual environment, 360-
degree video, immersive experience, Augmented reality.
UNIT V LABORATORY 6
Manual mode photography: indoor and outdoor – Analyze and create videos for different platforms, video
production using multi-channel audio - Video editing: Adobe Premier Pro, Final Cut Pro X – Audio editing:
Sound processing with Adobe Audition CC, mono, stereo and multi-track audio – Unity: making of 360-
degree video, interactive 360-degree video, Introducing immersion, augmented reality.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Study of different software tools used for post production video editing.
2. Study of different tools used in audio mixing.
3. Study of different tools used in animation and special effects.
4. Study of different video editing tools.
5. Study of different audio editing tools.
6. Experiments using Augmented Reality.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL 60HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Fundamentals of multimedia, Ze-Nian Li, Springer-Verlag New York, 2nd Edition, 2014
2. Introduction to digital audio coding standards, Marina Bosi, Richard E. Goldberg, Springer
International Series in Engineering and Computer Science, 2003 edition
REFERENCES:
1. Adobe Premier Pro CC Classroom in a book, MaxinJago, Adobe Press, 1st Edition
2. Adobe Audition CC Classroom in a book, Maxim Jago, Adobe Press, 2nd Edition
3. Unity in Action: Multiplatform Game Development in C# with Unity 5, Joseph Hocking, Hanning,
June 2015
COURSE OUTCOMES:
At the end of the course, the student should be able to:
1. To learn about the fundamentals of camera engineering and cinematography.
2. To understand about the post production video editing.
3. To know about audio mixing and engineering.
4. To learn about animation and special effects.
5. To learn about the different tools used for video editing.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 1 1 1
CO2 1 2 1 1 1
CO3 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 1 1
CO4 1 1 2 2 3 3 2 1 1
CO5 1 2 2 3 3 2 1 1
UIT2728 NATURAL LANGUAGE PROCESSING 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
The primary objective of this course is to make the student
• Understand the language models
• Analyze semantic embeddings
• Understand sequence labelling and word senses
• Implement different parsing techniques
• Understand logical representations of text
• Perform semantic role labelling
UNIT I OVERVIEW ANDLANGUAGEMODELING 6
Origins and challenges of NLP – Knowledge in Language Processing – NLP tasks – NLP Applications –
Regular expressions, text normalization, edit distance – tokenization – stemmer – Language Modeling:
Language and Grammar – Grammar-based Language Models – Statistical Language Models – N-gram
Models, Smoothing Techniques
UNIT II SEMANTIC EMBEDDINGS 6

Semantic Analysis: Meaning Structure of Language, Slot-filler Representation, Lexical Semantics – Vector
semantics – words and vectors – similarity measures – TF-IDF and PMI – word2vec – visualizing
embeddings – analysis of embeddings
UNIT III SEQUENCE LABELLING AND WORD SENSES 6

Word classes – PoS tagging – named entities – named entities tagging – HMM-based PoS tagging –
conditional random fields (CRF) – evaluation of NER – word senses – wordnet – word sense
disambiguation – improved embeddings – word sense induction
UNIT IV PARSING TECHNIQUES 6

Constituency grammars – context-free grammars – Tree banks– normal forms – lexicalized grammars –
constituency parsing – ambiguity – CKY parsing – span-based neural constituency parsing – evaluating
parsers – CCG parsing – dependency parsing – dependency relations and formalisms – dependency
treebanks – transition-based dependency parsing – graph-based dependency parsing
UNIT V LOGICAL REPRESENTATIONS AND SEMANTIC ROLE LABELLING 6

Computational Desiderata for Representations – model-theoretic semantics – first-order logic – event and
state representations – description logics – Semantic roles – diathesis alternations – problems with thematic
roles – proposition bank – frame net – SRL task – selectional restrictions – decomposition of predicates
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB EXERCISES:
1. Regular expressions and n-grams
2. Naïve Bayes classification
3. Logistic Regression
4. Vector embeddings for NLP tasks
5. Word2vec
6. PoS tagging
7. Named Entity Recognition
8. Constituency parsing
9. Dependency parsing
10. Logical representations of text
11. Proposition bank and frame nets
12. Semantic Role Labelling
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to
Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”, Third
Edition, 2022.
REFERENCES:
1. Christopher D. Manning and HinrichSchutze, Foundations of Statistical Natural Language

Processing, MIT Press,1999.
2. Nitin Indurkhya and Fred J. Damerau, Handbook of Natural Language Processing, Second
Edition, CRC Press,2010.
3. Tanveer Siddiqui and Tiwary U S, Natural Language Processing and Information Retrieval,
OxfordUniversity Press,2008.
4. NLTK – Natural Language Tool Kit -http://www.nltk.org/
5. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural language processing with Python”,
O’RREILLY.
6. Dipanjan Sarkar, “Text Analytics with Python: A Practical Real-World approach to Gaining
Actionable insights from your data”, APress.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
After completing this course, students should be able to
1. Build and apply languagemodels for NLP tasks
2. Build and apply word embeddings for NLP tasks
3. Implement basic NLP tasks such as PoS tagging, named entity recognition, and word sense
disambiguation
4. Implement and use different parsing techniques for natural languages
5. Build logical representations for text
6. Perform semantic role labelling
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 2 2 3 2 2 3 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO5 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
CO6 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2
UIT2729 IMAGE PROCESSING AND COMPUTER VISION 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Learn about the different techniques used for feature detection and matching.
● Learn about the different techniques used for image segmentation.
● Know about the depth estimation and 3-D reconstruction.
● Study about the different types of recognition used in computer vision.
● Study about the different deep learning models and networks used in computer vision.
UNIT I FEATURE DETECTION AND MATCHING 6

Edges - Canny, LOG, DOG; Line detectors (Hough Transform), Corners - Harris and Hessian Affine,
Orientation Histogram, SIFT, SURF, HOG, Scale-Space Analysis- Image Pyramids and Gaussian derivative
filters, Gabor Filters and DWT.
UNIT II IMAGE SEGMENTATION 6

Region Growing, Edge Based approaches to segmentation, Graph-Cut, Mean-Shift, MRFs, Texture
Segmentation; Object detection. Application: Medical image segmentation
UNIT III DEPTH ESTIMATION AND 3D RECONSTRUCTION 6

Feature-based alignment: 2D and 3D feature-based alignment, pose estimation, Geometric intrinsic
calibration. Structure from Motion: Triangulation, Two-frame structure from Motion, Factorization, Bundle
adjustment. Stereo Correspondence: Epipolar geometry,3D Reconstruction: Shape from X, Active range
finding, Surface representations, Point-based representations
UNIT IV OBJECT RECOGNITION 6

Face recognition, instance recognition, category recognition, Context and scene understanding
UNIT V DEEP LEARNING TECHNIQUES 6
Introduction to CNNs; Visualization of Kernels; Backprop-to-image/Deconvolution Methods; CNNs
for Detection: Background of Object Detection, R-CNN, Fast R-CNN, Faster R-CNN.CNNs
for Segmentation: FCN, SegNet, U-Net, Mask-RCNN, Recurrent Neural Networks (RNNs): CNN + RNN
Models for Video Understanding: Spatio-temporal Models, Action/Activity Recognition
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Implementation of Edge detection algorithms.
2. Implementation of image segmentation algorithms.
3. Implementation of feature extraction techniques.
4. Implementation of object detection.
5. Implementation of object recognition using different deep learning models.
6. Implementation of Activity recognition.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag London
Limited 2011.
2. Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Pearson Education, 2003.
REFERENCES:
1. Rick Szelisk, “Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications”, Springer 2011.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Use the different techniques used for feature detection and matching.
2. Apply the different techniques used for image segmentation.
3. Understand depth estimation and 3-D reconstruction.
4. Apply the different types of recognition used in computer vision.
5. Apply the different deep learning models and networks used in computer vision.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
UIT2731 HEALTHCARE ANALYTICS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To explore the various forms of electronic health care information.
• To learn the techniques adopted to analyse health care data.
• To understand the predictive models for clinical data
Introduction to Healthcare Data Analytics- Electronic Health Records– Components of EHR- Coding
Systems- Benefits of EHR- Barrier to Adopting EHRChallenges- Phenotyping Algorithms.
UNIT II BIOMEDICAL IMAGE ANALYSIS 6

Biomedical Image Analysis- Mining of Sensor Data in Healthcare- Biomedical Signal Analysis- Genomic
Data Analysis for Personalized Medicine.
UNIT III ANALYTICS 6

Natural Language Processing and Data Mining for Clinical Text- Mining the Biomedical- Social Media
Analytics for Healthcare.
UNIT IV ADVANCED ANALYTICS 6

Advanced Data Analytics for Healthcare– Review of Clinical Prediction Models- Temporal Data Mining for
Healthcare Data- Visual Analytics for Healthcare- Predictive Models for Integrating Clinical and Genomic
Data.
UNIT V APPLICATIONS 6
Applications and Practical Systems for Healthcare– Data Analytics for Pervasive Health- Fraud Detection in
Healthcare- Data Analytics for Pharmaceutical Discoveries- Clinical Decision Support Systems- Computer-
Assisted Medical Image Analysis Systems.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Implementation of prediction model for Diabetic retinopathy
2. Implementation of prediction model for covid-19.
3. Implementation of prediction model for cancer.
4. Implementation of fraud detection in healthcare.
5. Implementation of caption generator for generating the symptoms of diabetic retinopathy.
6. Implementation of feature extractor from medical images
7. Implementation of visualization in medical images.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Chandan K. Reddy and Charu C Aggarwal, “Healthcare data analytics”, Taylor & Francis, 2015.
REFERENCES:
1. Hui Yang and Eva K. Lee, “Healthcare Analytics: From Data to Knowledge to Healthcare
Improvement, Wiley, 2016.
2. Trevor L. Strome, "Healthcare Analytics for Quality and Performance Improvement" John Wiley &
Sons, Inc, 2013.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Students will be able to:
1. Analyse health care data using appropriate analytical techniques.
2. Apply analytics for decision making in healthcare services.
3. Apply data mining to integrate health data from multiple sources and develop efficient clinical
decision support systems.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 2
CO3 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 2

UIT2732 MICRO SERVICES AND DEVOPS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
The primary objective of this course is to
● Understand the fundamentals of microservices
● Create microservices using Java
● Understand microservice for devops
● Understand microservices with kubernetes
● Create Spring boot and angular microservices using JHipster
Introduction: Evolution, Cloud native. Building Blocks: Communications, Services, bounded contexts and
domains, API layer, logging, tracing.
UNIT II DESIGN PATTERNS 6

Strangler pattern, Sidecar pattern, Edge pattern, Gateway pattern, Process aggregator pattern, Log
aggregation patterns, Tracing patterns, External configuration, Service discovery, Metrics aggregation
patterns, single and shared service database, command query responsibility segregation, asynchronous
eventing.
UNIT III ASYNCHRONOUS COMMUNICATIONS 6

Introduction: Definition, The need, Issues, Message Brokers. Interservice communications: Introduction,
point-2-point, syndication. Event driven: Introduction, choreography, orchestration, hybrid. Streaming
data: Introduction, Log aggregation, system analytics, event detection. Data: flows, eventual consistency,
CQRS, migration, synchronization.
UNIT IV SECURITY 6
Introduction: basics, challenges. IAM: platforms, patterns, Reverse proxies, Gateway API, access
scenarios. Tokens: Introduction, OAuth2, OIDC, validation, maintenance. Inter microservices security:
mTLS, certificate rotation, East/West traffic, shared access token anti-pattern, token relay, token switch,
Logging, service mesh. Container and Application Security: Throttling, rate limiting, image security,
container runtime security, secure pipelines.
UNIT V APPLIED MICROSERVICES 6

Java: Micronaut, Helidon, Spring, Quarkus. RabbitMQ: Introduction, AMQP, Publish, Consume, Filter,
Authentication, Authorization, Validation. Express: service registry, service registration and deregistration,
circuit breaker, queues
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Introduction to Azure DevOps Build.
2. Working with pull requests.
3. Package management with Azure artifacts.
4. Web application load and performance testing.
5. Managing Delivery Plans with Azure DevOps
6. Wiki collaboration with Azure DevOps.
7. Managing Test Plans, Suites and Cases
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Irakli Nadareishvili, Ronnie Mitra, Matt McLarty, Mike Amundsen. Shroff, Microservice
Architecture: Aligning Principles, Practices, and Culture, O'Reilly, 2016.
REFERENCES:
1. Stephen Fleming, Devops and Microservices Handbook: Non-Programmer's Guide to Devops
and Microservices. 2018.
2. Gigi Sayfan, Hands-On Microservices with Kubernetes: Build, deploy and manage scalable
microservices on Kubernetes, Packt Publishing Limited, 2019.
3. Deepu K Sasidharan, Sendil Kumar N, Full Stack Development with JHipster: Build modern
web applications and microservices with Spring and Angular, Packt Publishing Limited, 2018.
4. Sourabh Sharma, Mastering Microservices with Java 9, Packt Publishing Limited; 2nd Revised
edition, 2017.
5. Vinicius Feitosa Pacheco, Microservice Patterns and Best Practices: Explore Patterns Like
CQRS and Event Sourcing to Create Scalable, Maintainable, and Testable Microservices, Packt
Publishing Limited, 2018.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to:
1. Explain the core concepts and benefits of microservices
2. Develop microservices using Java
3. Make use of microservices for devops
4. Build microservices with kubernetes
5. Create angular and spring boot microservices using JHipster
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 1 3 2 2
CO2 1 3 2 1 2 2 3 2
CO3 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2
CO4 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2
CO5 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2

CYBER FORENSICS AND INFORMATION
UIT2733 2 0 2 3
SECURITY
OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the security issues network layer and transport layer.
• To get exposed to security issues of the application layer.
• To learn computer forensics.
• To be familiar with forensics tools.
• To learn to model and interpret forensics data.
UNIT I NETWORK LAYER AND TRANSPORT LAYER SECURITY 6
Introduction, Network layer security: IPSec protocol – Authentication header – Key management protocol,
Transport layer security: SSL and TLS, Introduction to E-mail security, Introduction to firewalls:
Terminology – Types of firewalls.
UNIT II UNDERSTANDING DIGITAL FORENSICS AND INVESTIGATION 6

Overview of digital forensics, Preparation for digital investigation, Professional conduct, preparing digital
forensics investigation, Conducting an investigation, Procedures for private sector investigations.
UNIT III DATA ACQUISITION AND PROCESSING 6

Understanding storage formats, determining acquisition methods, Contingency planning, using acquisition
tools and validating, Identifying and collecting digital evidence, preparing for a search, Storing digital
evidence.
UNIT IV DIGITAL FORENSICS ANALYSIS AND VALIDATION 6

Determining the data to collect and analyze, validating forensics data, addressing data hiding techniques,
Performing live acquisition.
UNIT V E-MAIL AND SOCIAL MEDIA INVESTIGATION 6

Intoduction, Role of client and server in E-Mail, Investigating E-mail crimes: Understanding forensics
linguistics – Examining E-mail headers and messages – Tracing E-mail files, Social media forensics on
mobile devices: Forensics tools for social media investigations.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Study of Computer Forensics and different tools used for forensic investigation.
2. How to recover deleted files using foresenics tools.
3. Study the steps for hiding and extract any text file behind an image file/ Audio file using Command
Prompt.
4. Program to Extract Exchangeable image file format (EXIF) Data from Image Files using Exif reader
Software.
5. Program to make the forensic image of the hard drive using EnCase Forensics.
6. Program to Restore the Evidence Image using EnCase Forensics.
7. Program to Collect Email Evidence in Victim PC.
8. Program to Extract Browser Artifacts.
9. Program to View Last Activity of Your PC.
10. Program to Find Last Connected USB on your system (USB Forensics).
11. Comparison of two Files for forensics investigation by Compare IT software.
12. Live Forensics Case Investigation using Autopsy
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Nelson, Phillips, Enfinger, Steuart, Computer Forensics and Investigations”, Cengage Learning,
India Edition, 2008.
2. Man Young Rhee, Internet Security: Cryptographic Principles, Algorithms and Protocols, Wiley
Publications, 2003.
REFERENCES:
1. John R.Vacca, Computer Forensics, Cengage Learning, 2005.
2. Richard E.Smith, Internet Cryptography, 3rd Edition Pearson Education, 2008.
3. Marjie T.Britz, Computer Forensics and Cyber Crime: An Introduction, 3rd Edition, Prentice Hall,
2013.
4. Peterson, Gilbert, and Sujeet Shenoi,Advances in Digital ForensicsIX, Vol. 410, Springer, 2013.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain the security issues with network layer and transport layer.
2. Understand computer forensics.
3. Make use of forensics tools to collect and store evidences.
4. Analyze and validate forensics data.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 3 2 2
CO2 2 1 1 3 3 2 2
CO3 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 1 3 3 2 1 2
UIT2734 IOT ARCHITECTURES AND APPLICATIONS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand Smart Objects and IoT Architectures
• To learn about various IOT-related protocols
• To build simple IoT Systems using Arduino and Raspberry Pi.
• To understand data analytics and cloud in the context of IoT
• To develop IoT infrastructure for popular applications
UNIT I FUNDAMENTALS OF IoT 6

Evolution of Internet of Things - Enabling Technologies – IoT Architectures: oneM2M, IoT World Forum
(IoTWF) and Alternative IoT models – Simplified IoT Architecture and Core IoT Functional Stack -– Fog,
Edge and Cloud in IoT – Functional blocks of an IoT ecosystem – Sensors, Actuators, Smart Objects and
Connecting Smart Objects
UNIT II IoT PROTOCOLS 6

IoT Access Technologies: Physical and MAC layers, topology and Security of IEEE 802.15.4, 802.15.4g,
802.15.4e, 1901.2a, 802.11ah and LoRa WAN – Network Layer: IP versions, Constrained Nodes and
Constrained Networks – Optimizing IP for IoT: From 6LoWPAN to 6Lo, Routing over Low Power and Lossy
Networks – Application Transport Methods: Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition – Application Layer
Protocols: CoAP and MQTT
UNIT III DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 6

Design Methodology - Embedded computing logic - Microcontroller, System on Chips - IoT system building
blocks - Arduino - Board details, IDE programming - Raspberry Pi - Interfaces and Raspberry Pi with Python
Programming.
UNIT IV DATA ANALYTICS AND SUPPORTING SERVICES 6

Structured Vs Unstructured Data and Data in Motion Vs Data in Rest – Role of Machine Learning – No SQL
Databases – Hadoop Ecosystem – Apache Kafka, Apache Spark – Edge Streaming Analytics and Network
Analytics – Xively Cloud for IoT, Python Web Application Framework – Django – AWS for IoT – System
Management with NETCONF-YANG.
UNIT V CASE STUDIES/INDUSTRIAL APPLICATIONS 6

Cisco IoT system - IBM Watson IoT platform – Manufacturing - Converged Plantwide Ethernet Model
(CPwE) – Power Utility Industry – Grid Blocks Reference Model - Smart and Connected Cities: Layered
architecture, Smart Lighting, Smart Parking Architecture and Smart Traffic Control.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Study of Raspberry Pi board.
2. Study of Arduino board.
3. Build an IoT system using Raspberry Pi board.
4. Build an IoT system using Arduino board.
5. Build an IoT system for weather monitoring.
6. Build an IoT system for Home Automation.
7. Build an IoT system for controlling different environmental parameters.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. David Hanes, Gonzalo Salgueiro, Patrick Grossetete, Rob Barton and Jerome Henry, ―IoT
Fundamentals: Networking Technologies, Protocols and Use Cases for Internet of Things, Cisco
Press, 2017
REFERENCES:
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, ―Internet of Things – A hands-on approach‖, Universities Press,
2015
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , ―The Internet of Things – Key applications
and Protocols‖, Wiley, 2012 (for Unit 2).
3. Jan Ho¨ ller, Vlasios Tsiatsis , Catherine Mulligan, Stamatis , Karnouskos, Stefan Avesand. David
Boyle, "From Machine-to-Machine to the Internet of Things - Introduction to a New Age of
Intelligence", Elsevier, 2014.
4. Dieter Uckelmann, Mark Harrison, Michahelles, Florian (Eds), ―Architecting the Internet of Things‖,
Springer, 2011.
5. Michael Margolis, Arduino Cookbook, Recipes to Begin, Expand, and Enhance Your Projects, 2nd
Edition, O'Reilly Media, 2011.
6. https://www.arduino.cc/
7. https://www.ibm.com/smarterplanet/us/en/?ca=v_smarterplanet
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain the concept of IoT.
2. Analyze various protocols for IoT.
3. Design a PoC of an IoT system using Raspberry Pi/Arduino
4. Apply data analytics and use cloud offerings related to IoT.
5. Analyze applications of IoT in real time scenario
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2 1 2 1 1
CO2 2 3 1 2 3 1 3 1 1 3
CO3 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 3
CO4 2 2 1 3 3 2 1 3 3
CO5 3 3 1 3 3 2 1 3 3
3D MODELING, RENDERING, ANIMATION, AND
UIT2735 2 0 2 3
MOTION GRAPHICS
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the definition of Computer Based Modeling techniques.
• Understand 3D modeling in simple objects with lines and connect with compound objects.
• Learn different types of lighting, camera and rendering.
• Understand the Animation and motion graphics techniques.
UNIT I THE MAYA USER INTERFACE 6

Introduction -The Maya interface Creating, manipulating, and viewing objects Creating a new scene,
Primitive objects, Transformation tools. Viewing the Maya 3D scene - Workflow overview, viewing objects
in shaded mode, Grouping objects, The Hypergraph Selection modes and masks, Pivot points Components
and attributes Template display Components, The Attribute Editor Surface materials.
UNIT II NURBS MODELING 6

Revolving a curve to create a surface Creating a profile curve, Creating a revolve surface Editing a revolve
surface Sculpting a NURBS surface Preparing a surface for sculpting, Basic sculpting techniques, Additional
sculpting techniques. Sculpting a nose, Sculpting eye sockets, Sculpting eyebrows, Sculpting a mouth
Sculpting other facial features.
UNIT III 3D STUDIO MAX 6

Introduction to 3D Studio Max: Exploring the Max Interface, Creating & Editing Standard Primitive Objects,
Creating & Editing Extended Primitive Objects, Working with Files, Importing & Exporting, Understanding
2D Splines & Shape, Convert 2D to 3D object using extrude, bevel, loft, terrain. Using Morph, Scatter,
conform, connect compound objects, Using Boolean, Pro boolean&Procutter.
UNIT IV LIGHTING AND RENDERING 6

Lighting & Camera Configuring & Aiming Cameras, Using Camera Motion Blur & Depth of Field, Using
Basic lights, Using Light tracing, radiosity, Video Post, Mental Ray Lighting. Rendering with V-Ray -
Introduction to Scene, Preparing the Scene, Basic Settings for Texturing, Create & Assign Textures, Light
Setup, V-Ray Rendering Settings, Fine-Tuning.
UNIT V ANIMATION AND MOTION GRAPHICS 6

Introduction to Animation: Creating keyframes & Auto Key/Set Key, Animating with simple controllers,
Function curves in track view, motion mixer and Animation techniques. Motion Graphics: Cinema 4D, Nuke
- Professional pixel-perfect visual effects and Blender.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Study of 3D Studio Max.
2. Study of different tools used in Animation and Motion graphics.
3. Program or tool to create and edit a surface.
4. Implementation of different sculpting operations.
5. Study of Cinema4D.
6. Program or tool to create a scene and edit using different operations.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Mortenson, Michael E, 3D Modeling, Animation, and Rendering: An Illustrated LexiconBlack and
White Edition, 2010.
2. Boris Kulagin, “3ds Max 8 from Modeling to Animation, BPB,2006.
3. Michael G., 3D Modeling and Animation, IRM Publishing,2005
4. Lance Flavell, Beginning Blender: Open Source 3D Modeling, Animation, and Game Design,
Apress, 2010.
REFERENCES:
1. TedBoardman, 3d’sMax5Fundamentals, Techmedia”2004.
2. Lance Flavell Beginning Blender: Open Source 3D Modeling,Animation, and Game Design Apress,
2008.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon Successful Completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Design 3D modeling with 3d objects and scene.
2. Apply different types of lighting effects in real word scene.
3. Design a real-world application using rendering concepts.
4. Apply the Animation and motion graphics techniques.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 2 2 1
CO2 1 2 2 2 1
CO3 1 2 2 2 1
CO4 1 2 2 2 1
UIT2736 TEXT ANALYSIS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Understand neural language models
● Apply encoder-decoder and transformer models
● Understand conference and coherence
● Build question answering systems
● Build chatbots and dialogue systems
UNIT I NEURAL LANGUAGE MODELS 6

Review of foundations of natural language processing – introduction to neural networks and deep learning –
language models based on neural networks – review of semantic embeddings using neural networks –
Recurrent neural networks – RNN language models – RNN for NLP tasks – stacked and bi-directional RNN
– LSTM – transformers – transformers as language models
UNIT II ENCODER-DECODER AND TRANSFORMER MODELS 6

Language divergence and typology – machine translation – the encoder-decoder model – encoder-decoder
with RNN – attention – beam search – encoder-decoder with transformers – practical MT systems – evaluation
of MT systems – bias and ethical issues – bidirectional transformer encoders – training bidirectional encoders
– transfer learning through fine tuning – transfer learning via prompting
UNIT III COREFERENCE AND COHERENCE 6

Coreference phenomena – coreference tasks and datasets – mention detection – coreference algorithms –
neural mention-ranking algorithm – evaluation of coreference – gender bias in coreference – coherence
relations – discourse structure parsing – centering and entity based coherence – local coherence – global
coherence
UNIT IV QUESTION ANSWERING 6

Information retrieval – relation extraction – extraction of time – extracting events – template filling – review
of SRL – lexicons – IR-based factoid question answering – entity linking – knowledge-based question
answering – language models for QA – classic QA models – evaluation of factoid answers
UNIT V CHATBOTS AND DIALOUGE SYSTEMS 6
Properties of human conversation – chatbots – GUS a frame-based dialogue system – dialogue-state
architecture – evaluating dialogue systems – design of dialogue systems – other text processing applications
– recent advancements in deep learning architectures for text processing
THEORY: 30 HOURS
PRACTICAL COMPONENTS:
1. Build language models using neural networks
2. Build language models using RNN
3. Simple NLP tasks using RNN
4. Build language modes using transformers
5. Implement encoder-decoder model for NLP tasks
6. Transfer learning using BERT
7. Implement machine translation systems
8. Implement coreference algorithms
9. Implement information extraction tasks
10. Implement QA systems
11. Implement a chatbot system
12. Implement dialogue systems
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin, “Speech and Language Processing: An Introduction to
Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”, Third Edition,
2022.
REFERENCES:
1. Steven Bird, Ewan Klein, and Edward Loper, “Natural language processing with Python”,
O’RREILLY.
2. Dipanjan Sarkar, “Text Analytics with Python: A Practical Real-World approach to Gaining
Actionable insights from your data”, APress.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Build language models based on neural networks, RNN, LSTM, and transformers
2. Apply encoder-decoder and transformer models for NLP tasks such as machine translation
3. Explain coreference and coherence
4. Build question answering systems
5. Build chatbots and dialogue systems
6. Learn emerging deep learning architectures for text processing
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 2 3 2
CO2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2
CO3 3 1 1 2
CO4 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO5 2 3 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2
CO6 3 3 1 2
UIT2737 IMAGE AND VIDEO ANALYSIS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
The primary objective of this course is to enable the students
▪ To review the image processing techniques
▪ To understand shape and region analysis
▪ To study the different techniques for motion analysis.
▪ To learn about object detection in images and video
▪ To study some applications of computer vision algorithms
UNIT I IMAGES IN DIFFERENT DOMAINS AND OPERATORS 6

Images in the Spatial Domain, Images in the Frequency Domain, Operators: Point - Local - Global, Three
Procedural Components, Classes of Local Operators, Advanced Edge Detectors.
UNIT II IMAGE AND MOTION ANALYSIS 6

Basic Image Topology, Geometric 2D Shape Analysis, Image Value Analysis, Detection of Lines and Circles,
3D-Motion and 2D-OpticalFlow, Algorithms: Horn–Schunck - Lucas–Kanade - BBPW, Performance
Evaluation of Optical Flow Results.
UNIT III IMAGE AND VIDEO SEGMENTATION 6

Image Segmentation: Mean-Shift, Image Segmentations as an Optimization Problem, Video Segmentation
and Segment Tracking.
UNIT IV OBJECT DETECTION IN IMAGES AND VIDEO 6

Post Processing methods, multi-frame methods using 3-D convolution, multi-frame methods using recurrent
neural networks, Sparse feature propagation, multi-frame feature aggregation.
UNIT V APPLICATIONS OF MACHINE LEARNING FOR IMAGE AND VIDEO ANALYSIS 6

Face recognition using eigen faces, Face recognition using LBP, Face detection with Haar Cascades in real-
time video, Object detection with YOLO. Tracking moving object in video.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENTS:
1. Implementation of different filters for edge detection.
2. Implementation of different filters for image smoothening.
3. Implementation of optical flow algorithm using openCV.
4. Implementation of object recognition using python and OpenCV.
5. Implementation of object detection using YOLO.
6. Implementation of face recognition in real time video
7. Design and implementation of video game bots.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Reinhard Klette, Concise Computer Vision: An Introduction into Theory and Algorithms,
Springer, 2014
REFERENCES:
1. Simon J. D. Prince, Computer Vision: Models, Learning, and Inference, Cambridge
2. D. A. Forsyth, J. Ponce, Computer Vision: A Modern Approach, Pearson Education, 2003.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. To apply the different image processing techniques
2. To perform shape analysis
3. To perform image and video segmentation.
4. To apply object detection in images and video.
5. To develop applications using computer vision techniques
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO2 3 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 3 2 2
CO4 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
CO5 3 3 2 3 3 3 2
UIT2738 SOCIAL NETWORK ANALYSIS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
The primary objective of this course is to
• Model social network
• Mine the communities for knowledge
• Understand the links in social network
• Understand privacy preservation in Online Social Network
• Learn visualization of social networks.
Introduction, Statistical properties of social networks: Static and dynamic properties, Random walk and
their applications: Random walk on graphs - Algorithms for Computing Personalized Pagerank and
Simrank.
UNIT II COMMUNITY DISCOVERY AND NODE CLASSIFICATION 6

Introduction, Communities in context, Core methods: KL algorithm– Agglomerative & divisive algorithm
– Markov clustering, Node classification: Introduction- Node classification problem – Random walk based
methods.
UNIT III EVOLUTION AND LINK PREDICTION IN SOCIAL NETWORKS 6

Evolution: Introduction – Modeling a network actor across time frame – Challenges – Laws of evolution –
Incremental mining, Link prediction: Introduction – Feature based linked prediction – Bayesian and
Probabilistic relational models.
UNIT IV PRIVACY IN SOCIAL NETWORKS 6

Introduction, Privacy breaches: Disclosure of identity, social links and attribute, Privacy definition for
publishing data: k-anonymity, l-diversity & t-closeness – Differential privacy, Privacy preserving
mechanisms for social networks.
UNIT V VISUALIZING SOCIAL NETWORKS 6

Introduction, Taxonomy of visualization: structural- semantic – temporal, Visualization and analytics:
Centrality-based Visual Discovery and Exploration.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENTS:
1. Study of different tools used in social network analysis.
2. Experiment to build social network graphs.
3. Experiment to study graph distance report.
4. Experiment to study graph density report
5. Experiment to use social network analysis as a learning analytical tool.
6. Experiments using visualization.
7. Experiment using privacy preserving mechanism
PRACTICAL: 30HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Agarwal, Charu C. Social network data analytics, Springer, Boston, MA, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. Stanley Wasserman, Katherine Faust Social Network Analysis: Methods and Applications
Volume 8 of Structural Analysis in the Social Sciences, ISSN 0954- 366X, Cambridge
University Press, 1994
2. Borko Furht, Handbook of Social Network Technologies and Applications, 1st Edition,
Springer, 2010.
3. Peter Mika, Social Networks and the Semantic Web, First Edition, Springer 2007.
4. Guandong Xu ,Yanchun Zhang and Lin Li, Web Mining and Social Networking – Techniques
and applications, First Edition Springer, 2011.
5. John G. Breslin, Alexandre Passant and Stefan Decker, “The Social Semantic Web”, Springer,
2009.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon completion of the course, the student should be able to
1. Explain the graph representation of knowledge
2. Predict human behaviour in social web and related communities.
3. Understand the evolution and predict community links
4. Visualize social networks.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 2
CO2 2 2 1 2
CO3 2 2 1 2 1 2
CO4 2 2 1 2
UIT2739 FULL STACK DEVELOPMENT 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Learn the process of full stack web development
• Understand the working principles of the Internet
• Understand software version control
• Understand Servers, Security, Cloud, Containers, and Orchestration
• Understand HTTP, data, and web services
Introduction: What and Why?, Shells, Terminals, Command Line, Editor: Bash(Standard streams and
redirection, accessing files and directories, searching), VIM. Internet basics: Definition, Addressing,
Protocols, DNS, trace routes, packets.
UNIT II VERSION CONTROL 6

Introduction: Definition, evolution, centralized vs distributed. Concepts: navigation, saving changes,
tracking history, reverting, tags, labels, branching, merging, continuous builds, IDE integration, shell
integration, forward and reverse integration.Case Study.
UNIT III SERVERS AND SECURITY 6

SERVERS: What? working principle, data centers, cloud, Kernel, Windows, Unix/Linux, SSH, Processes
Manager, server redirects, subdomain, file compression. Case Study.
SECURITY: Best practices, attacks, logs, checklists, upgrades, ethics, firewalls, ports, permissions. Case
Study
UNIT IV HTTP AND CONTAINERS 6

HTTP/s: HTTP Definition, headers, cookies, status codes, HTTPS Definition, HTTP v1.1 Vs HTTP v2,
HTTPv3. Containers: Definition, Containers Vs Microservices, Orchestration, Docker, Load Balancing,
Deployment.
UNIT V DATA AND WEB SERVICES 6

Data: Relational VS Non-Relational, In-memory stores, Polling Vs Push. Web Services: Definition, pros,
REST, SOAP, GraphQL. Case Study.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENTS:
1. Study of different software tools used in full stack development.
2. Study of Bash commands and VIM editor.
3. Experiment to setup server using cloud, containers and orchestration.
4. Experiment to implement load balancing.
5. Experiment to deploy in cloud
6. Experiment to perform data integration and interoperability.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Chris Northwood, "The Full Stack Developer: Your Essential Guide to the Everyday Skills
Expected of a Modern Full Stack Web Developer", APRESS, 1st edition, 2018
2. Jaosn Cannon, "Shell Scripting: How to Automate Command Line Tasks Using Bash Scripting and
Shell Programming", Createspace Independent Pub, 2015
REFERENCES:
1. Jon Loeliger, Matthew Mccullough, "Version Control with Git 2e: Powerful Tools and Techniques
for Collaborative Software Development", O′Reilly, 2nd edition, 2012
2. Adam K. Dean, "Linux Administration Cookbook: Insightful recipes to work with system
administration tasks on Linux", Packt Publishing Limited, 2018
3. 3.Stephen Ludin, Javier Garza, "Learning HTTP/2: A Practical Guide for Beginners", O′Reilly,1st
edition,2017
4. Arnaud Lauret, "The Design of Web APIs", Manning Publications, 1st edition, 2019
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Getting comfortable with Bash commands and VIM editor
2. Use Git for SVC
3. Use cloud, containers, and orchestration for server setup, security configurations, load balancing, and
deployment
4. Use sql/no-sql data and web services/API for data integration and interoperability
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 1 2 1
CO2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 3
CO3 1 3 2 1 3 2 3 3
CO4 1 1 2

UIT2741 ETHICAL HACKING 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand and analyse Information security threats & countermeasures
• To perform security auditing & testing
• To understand issues relating to ethical hacking
• To understand penetration and security testing issues
UNIT I ETHICAL HACKING OVERVIEW & VULNERABILITIES 7

Understanding the importance of security, Concept of ethical hacking and essential Terminologies, Threat,
Attack, Vulnerabilities, Target of Evaluation, Exploit. Phases involved in hacking.
UNIT II FOOTPRINTING & PORT SCANNING 8

Footprinting - Introduction to foot printing, Understanding the information gathering methodology of the
hackers, Tools used for the reconnaissance phase. Port Scanning - Introduction, using port scanning tools,
ping sweeps, Scripting Enumeration-Introduction, Enumerating windows OS & Linux OS.
UNIT III SYSTEM HACKING 7

Aspect of remote password guessing, Role of eaves dropping, Various methods of password cracking,
Keystroke Loggers, Understanding Sniffers, Comprehending Active and Passive Sniffing, ARP Spoofing and
Redirection, DNS and IP Sniffing, HTTPS Sniffing.
UNIT IV HACKING WEB SERVICES & SESSION HIJACKING 8

Web application vulnerabilities, application coding errors, SQL injection into Back-end Databases, cross-site
scripting, cross-site request forging, authentication bypass, web services and related flaws, protective http
headers Understanding Session Hijacking, Phases involved in Session Hijacking, Types of Session Hijacking,
Session Hijacking Tools.
UNIT V ETHICAL HACKING PRACTICES 30

Basics of Ethical Hacking, Gathering Information Required in Order to Attack Target, Finding Critical Bugs
in Servers, Methods of Password Encryption and Decryption learn to remain anonymous over the Internet,
ways to maintain access to a system using Trojan and backdoor, attacking database server and wireless
networks, Basic to Vulnerability Assessment Penetration and Testing tool
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
REFERENCES:
1. Kimberly Graves, "Certified Ethical Hacker", Wiley India Pvt Ltd, 2010
2. Michael T. Simpson, "Hands-on Ethical Hacking & Network Defense", Course Technology, 2010
3. Rajat Khare, "Network Seuciryt and Ethical Hacking", Luniver Press, 2006
4. Ramachandran V, BackTrack 5 Wireless Penetration Testing Beginner’s Guide (3rd ed.). Packt
Publishing, 2011
5. Thomas Mathew, "Ethical Hacking", OSB publishers, 2000
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, a student will be able to:
1. Understand vulnerabilities, mechanisms to identify vulnerabilities/threats/attacks
2. Perform penetration & security testing
3. Become a professional ethical hacker
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 1 3 3 3 1 2
CO2 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 2
CO3 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 2

UIT2742 REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEMS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● To understand the basic concepts of embedded systems.
● To introduce basic concepts of energy efficient storage mechanisms.
● To study and analyze the different energy efficient algorithms.
● To study the different services offered by the RTOS.
● To study and develop the different applications.
UNIT I REAL TIME EMBEDDED SYSTEM CONCEPTS 6

Introduction to real time systems characteristics, soft real time systems, hard real time systems, real time
systems - embedded systems single core systems, multicore systems, SOC, On-chip network--Embedded
Software Development Tools.
UNIT II ENERGY EFFICIENT STORAGE MECHANISMS 6

Disk Energy Management: Power efficient strategies - Dynamic thermal management for high performance
storage systems- Energy saving technique for Disk storage systems.
UNIT III ENERGY EFFICIENT ALGORITHMS 6

Scheduling of Parallel Tasks: Task level scheduling, Dynamic voltage scaling – Speed Scaling– Processor
optimization- Memetic Algorithms – Online job scheduling algorithms.
UNIT IV REAL TIME OPERATING SYSTEMS 6

Multi processor system – Tasks: Real Time tasks, Soft and Hard Real-time Tasks-VxWorks: Features,
Different services-case study: Porting RTOS into the embedded boards.
Embedded Boards: Raspberry, Arduino- Optimization of Application: Code level, Memory Level,
Execution Level-- Case Study: Design of Robot Controller, Weather Station, Web Bot.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENTS:
1. Study of different software tools used in embedded systems.
2. Study of different Linux commands.
3. Study of different steps involved in porting an OS into the target board.
4. Study of Arduino IDE
5. Arduino for designing weather station.
6. Arduino for designing health monitoring system.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Wang K.C, “Embedded and Real Time operating Systems”, Springer International Publishing
AG 2017.
REFERENCES:
1. Ishfaq Ah mad, Sanjay Ranka, Handbook of Energy Aware and Green Computing, Chapman and
Hall/CRC, 2012.
2. WolfRam Donat, Learn RaspberryPi Programming with Python, Learn to program on the World's
Most Popular Tiny Computer, Second Edition.
3. Chong-Min Kyung, Sungioo yoo, Energy Aware system design Algorithms and Architecture,
Springer, 2011.
4. Bob steiger wald ,Chris:Luero, Energy Aware computing, Intel Press,2012.
5. Xiaocong Fan, Real-Time Embedded Systems: Design Principles and Engineering Practices,
Newnes, 2015
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Appreciate the usefulness of embedded systems in building different systems specific to their
applications.
2. Understand the importance of system-on-chip and network-on-chip in designing power efficient
high-performance systems.
3. Understand the different energy efficient strategies used for designing the storage devices.
4. Understand the different energy saving algorithms in embedded systems.
5. Understand the different features and services officered by the RTOS in designing the embedded
system.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

UIT2743 EMERGING TECHNOLOGIES FOR AR/VR/MR/XR 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• Understand the concept of virtual reality and augmented reality
• Creation of 2D & 3D Scene
• Development of VR Application
• Development of AR Application
• Creation and Evaluation of applications using AR and VR applications
UNIT I XR DEVELOPMENT APPROACHES 6

Main approaches to XR development: WebXR, Unity, and Unreal. Development tools, programming
languages, and technicalskills of WebXR, Unity, and Unreal. In addition to getting a fundamental overview
of XR development platforms and tools, Transition from 2D to 3D. Creation of 3D scene using WebXR,
Unity, or Unreal.
UNIT II DEVELOPING VR APPLICATIONS 6

Creation a virtual reality: Menus and navigation techniques, object selection and manipulation in VR. Creation
of applications using WebXR, Unity and Unreal. Navigation and interactions in VR. Creation of VR scene
using A-Frame, Unity, or Unreal. Creation of basic and immersive VR scenes with WebXR using A-Frame.
UNIT III DEVELOPING AR APPLICATIONS 6

Development of AR applications. Marker-based and marker-less approaches to augmenting the environment.
Design and role of markers for prototyping and deployment, Differences to marker-less AR. I will also cover
approaches in Unity and Unreal. Hand-held and head-worn AR. Creation of AR scene using A-Frame, Unity,
or Unreal. Creation of marker-based and marker-less AR scenes with WebXR using A-Frame.
UNIT IV SPECIAL TOPICS IN XR 6

Introduction to advanced techniques of XR: procedural generation redirected walking and custom controllers
for VR - 3D reconstruction, object recognition, and custom displays for AR. Accessibility, collaboration,
personalization of XR experiences. Evaluating of AR systems.
UNIT V APPLICATIONS AND CASE STUDY 6

Mobile Augmented Reality: Concept, Advantages, Disadvantages of mobile AR. Magic Box, Mirrors,
Windows and doors. A Trend toward Militiaperson Applications and Private Applications. Toward Easy-to-
Use Authoring Tools for Augmented Reality Experiences. A Trend Toward Attention to Disabilities and
Challenges.
THEORY:30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENTS:
1. Study of different software tools used in AR/VR/XR technologies.
2. Experiment to Use AR to train new employees on how to operate and repair complex machinery.
3. Experiment to Simulate real-life situations and test learners’ responses to microaggressions with 360º
VR.
4. Experiment to Use AR plane detection to place a simulated cash register in front of learners and test
their customer service skills.
5. Experiment to Place learners in a simulated warehouse environment through full VR.
6. Experiment to study Build AI-based XR apps for better human-machine interaction
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Alan Craig, William Sherman and Jeffrey Will, Developing Virtual Reality Applications,
Foundations of Effective Design, Morgan Kaufmann, 2009.
2. Alan B. Craig, Understanding Augmented Reality, Concepts and Applications, Morgan Kaufmann,
2013.
REFERENCE:
1. Burdea, G. C. and P. Coffet. Virtual Reality Technology, Second Edition. Wiley-IEEE Press,
2003/2006.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
Upon successful completion of this course, the students should be able to:
1. Develop XR application
2. Experience to use VR and AR tools
3. Use immersion technique to scene creation
4. Apply VR and AR concepts in real world applications
COs POs PSOs
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 1 1 3 2
CO3 3 1 1 1 2 2
CO4 3 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 3

UIT2821 REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
● Introduce the different basic concepts of reinforcement learning.
● Learn about the Finite Markov Decision Process.
● Study about the dynamic programming.
● Study about the Monte Carlo Methods.
● Learn about the temporal difference learning.
UNIT 1 INTRODUCTION 6
Reinforcement Learning (RL) – elements, limitations and scope; Probability basics - Axioms of probability,
concepts of random variables, PMF, PDFs, CDFs, Expectation. Concepts of joint and multiple random
variables, joint, conditional and marginal distributions. Correlation and independence.
UNIT II FINITE MARKOV DECISION PROCESS 6

Agent-environment interface, Markov property; Goals and rewards, returns and episodes; Policies and value
functions – Bellman equation; Optimal policies and optimal value functions - Bellman optimality equations.
UNIT III DYNAMIC PROGRAMMING 6

Iterative policy evaluation, policy improvement theorem, policy iteration, value iteration, asynchronous
dynamic programming.
UNIT IV MONTE CARLO METHODS 6

Monte Carlo prediction, Monte Carlo estimation of action values, Monte Carlo control, Off-policy
prediction via importance sampling.
UNIT V TEMPORAL-DIFFERENCE (TD) LEARNING 6

TD prediction – TD(0) and TD(ƛ), optimality of TD(0), Sarsa, Q-learning – Deep Q networks; Function
approximation methods – stochastic gradient and semi-gradient methods; Policy gradient methods; RL for
real world problems.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1. Implementation of value iteration.
2. Implementation of Bridge Grid.
3. Implementation of Discount Grid.
4. Implementation of Action Selection.
5. Implementation of testing Q-Learning.
6. Implementation of approximate Q-Learning.
7. Study of the python library PettingZoo.
8. Study of SuperSuit.
9. Study of Stable Baselines3.
10. Study Pistonball.
11. Study of MAgent
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Richard S. Sutton and Andrew G. Barto, “Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction”, MIT Press,
2nd edition, 2018.
REFERENCES:
1. Russell, Stuart J., and Peter Norvig. "Artificial intelligence: a modern approach.", Pearson
EducationLimited, 2016.
2. Kevin P. Murphy, “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective"
3. Csaba Szepesvari, “Algorithms for Reinforcement learning”
4. Recent journal articles on application of RL for real world problems
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Describe the features of reinforcement learning that distinguishes it other learning algorithms.
2. Understand and apply basic RL algorithms for simple sequential decision-making problems in
uncertain conditions.
3. Interpret state-of-the-art RL research and communicate their results
4. Apply the Finite Markov Decision Process.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 1 2 2
CO2 3 2 2 3 2
CO3 3 3 2 3 2
CO4 3 2 2 1 1 3 3 2 3 3

UIT2822 SPEECH TECHNOLOGY 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To make the students learn the basic concepts in digital signal processing that are required to
learn speech signal processing.
• To extract relevant parameters from the speech signal, being in the time-domain, and to
understand the importance of those parameters.
• To extract relevant parameters from the speech signal, being in the frequency-domain, and to
understand the importance of those parameters.
• To extract features relevant for building any practical, speech-based applications.
• To make them learn how to modify a given speech signal, based on the requirement for a
specific application.
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 6

Discrete-time signals and systems, Response of linear time invariant (LTI) systems to arbitrary inputs (the
convolution sum), Difference equation, Correlation of discrete-time signals, The z-transform – Properties of
z-transform, The discrete Fourier transform (DFT) and its properties, Fundamentals of digital filters.
UNIT II TIME-DOMAIN MODELS FOR SPEECH PROCESSING 6

Time-dependent processing of speech, Short-Time Energy and Average Magnitude, Short- Time Average
Zero Crossing Rate, Speech vs. Silence Discrimination using Energy and Zero- Crossings. Short-Time
Autocorrelation Function, Pitch Period Estimation using autocorrelation function.
UNIT III SHORT-TERM FOURIER ANALYSIS OF SPEECH 6

Fourier transform Interpretation, Linear Filtering Interpretation, Spectrographic Displays, Harmonic Product
Spectrum-based Pitch Estimation technique, Analysis-by-Synthesis.
UNIT IV SPECTRAL FEATURES 6

Cepstrum: Definition - Computation of cepstrum - Formant and pitch estimation – Computation of mel-
frequency cepstral coefficients, Linear predictive analysis: Principle – autocorrelation method - Pitch
estimation using linear prediction error signal -Formant estimation using LPC - Computation of LPCC.
UNIT V RESHAPING OF SPEECH SIGNALS 6

Preprocessing: Scaling - low-pass filtering - Pre-emphasis - Mean subtraction -teager-energy function.
Channel VOCODER. Estimation of Glottal Closure Instants, TD-PSOLA. Speech synthesis using source
and system parameters, Voice Conversion, Fundamental of Speech Enhancement, Introduction to Speech-
to-Speech translation.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENTS:
1. Study of real time speech emotion recognition system.
2. Speech Emotion Recognition with librosa.
3. Write program to extract Mel Frequency Cepstral Coefficients from speech.
4. Study and use DisVoice Python framework to extract features from speech audio files.
5. Experiment to calculate pitch and pitch tracking.
6. Implementation of histogram equalization.
7. Study of Speech Brain speech toolkit.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOKS:
1. Lawrence R. Rabiner, and Ronald W. Schafer, Digital Processing of Speech Signals, Englewood
Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-hall, 1978.
2. Thomas F Quatieri, Discrete-time Speech Signal Processing: Principles and Practice, Pearson
Education India, 2006.
3. John G Proakis, Dimitris G. Manolakis Digital Signal Processing: Principles, Algorithms, and
Applications, Pearson Education India, 4th edition, 2007.
REFERENCES:
1. Eric Moulines, and Francis Charpentier, “Pitch-synchronous waveform processing techniques for
text-to-speech synthesis using diphones”, Speech communication, vol 9, 1990, pp. 453-467.
2. Thomas Drugman, Mark Thomas, Jon Gudnason, Patrick Naylor, and Thierry Dutoit, “Detection of
glottal closure instants from speech signals: A quantitative review”, IEEE Transactions on Audio,
Speech, and Language Processing, vol 20, no. 3, 2012, pp. 994-1006.
3. Jani Nurminen, Hanna Silén, Victor Popa, Elina Helander, and Moncef Gabbouj, “Voice
conversion”;, Speech enhancement, modeling and recognition- algorithms and applications,
IntechOpen, 2012.
4. Seyed Hamidreza Mohammadi, and Alexander Kain, “An overview of voice conversion systems”
Speech Communication, vol 88, 2017, pp. 65-82.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Explain the usefulness of digital signal processing fundamentals in building speech- based systems.
2. Compare the time and frequency-domain parameters, and know how to compute / estimate those
parameters
3. Outline the relevant features that can be extracted from a given speech signal, and in what way the
features are relevant to build speech-based systems.
4. Explain the possible techniques to modify a given speech signal, based on the requirement, and to
develop the required algorithms.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 1 2
CO2 3 2 1 3 2
CO3 3 2 1 1 3 3 2
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3

UIT2823 FORENSIC ANALYTICS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To understand the basic methods of forensic investigation.
• To learn to apply Benford's law in forensic data investigation
• To understand the statistical approaches in fraud identification
• To apply the techniques adopted in real time forensic data analysis
UNIT I FORENSIC INVESTIGATIONS 6

Introduction to Forensic Investigations - using Access - using Excel - using Powerpoint, High level Data
Overview Tests.
UNIT II BENFORD'S LAW 6

Benford's Law - Basics - Assessing Conformity - Second order and summation Tests - Number Duplication
and Last Two Digit Tests.
UNIT III DESCRIPTIVE ANALYSIS OF FRAUDULENT DATA 6

Identifying Fraud using Largest Subset and Largest Growth Tests - Identifying Anomalies using Relative Size
Factor Test - Identifying Fraud using Abnormal Duplications.
UNIT IV PREDICTIVE ANALYSIS OF FRAUDULENT DATA 6

Identifying Fraud Using Correlation - Identifying Fraud Using Time-Series Analysis - Risk Assessment - Risk
Scoring.
Applications and Practical Systems for Forensic Data Analytics – Detection of Financial Statement Fraud -
Analytics on Purchasing Card Transactions.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Numeric Data Analysis - Detection of Fraud and Errors using Benford’s Law.
2. Descriptive Analysis for Fraud Detection in Inventory Data using Largest Subset and Growth
Tests.
3. Descriptive Analysis for Fraud Detection in Insurance Claims using Abnormal Duplications Test.
4. Predictive Analysis for Detection of Fraud from sales data using correlation co-efficient.
5. Predictive Analysis for Detection of Fraud from Stock Market Data using Time-Series Analysis.
6. Application Development - Fraud Detection in Credit Card Transactions
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Mark J Nigrini, "Forensic Analytics - Methods and Techniques for forensic accounting investigations",
2nd edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2020.
REFERENCES:
1. Leonard W Vona, "Fraud Data Analytics Methodology", John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2017.
2. Sunder Gee, "Fraud and Fraud Detection - A Data Analytics Approach", John Wiley & Sons, Inc, 2014.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Analyse structured data using formulas to detect fraud
2. Apply concepts of Benford's law in analysis of fraudulent data.
3. Use correlation and time series analysis to detect frauds.
4. Use appropriate statistical method to detect frauds in financial statements and transactions.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2 1 2
CO2 2 1 2 2
CO3 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2
CO4 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2

UIT2824 HUMAN COMPUTER INTERACTION 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the foundations of Human Computer Interaction.
• To be familiar with the design technologies for individuals and persons with disabilities.
• To be aware of mobile HCI.
• To learn the guidelines for user interface.
UNIT I FOUNDATIONS OF HCI 6

The Human: I/O channels – Memory – Reasoning and problem solving; The computer: Devices – Memory
– processing and networks; Interaction: Models – frameworks – Ergonomics – styles – elements –
interactivity- Paradigms.
UNIT II DESIGN & SOFTWARE PROCESS 6

Interactive Design basics – process – scenarios – navigation – screen design – Iteration and prototyping.
HCI in software process – software life cycle – usability engineering – Prototyping in practice – design
rationale; Design rules – principles, standards, guidelines, rules; Evaluation Techniques.
UNIT III MODELS AND THEORIES 6

Cognitive models – Socio-Organizational issues and stake holder requirements – Communication and
collaboration models - Hypertext, Multimedia and WWW.
UNIT IV MOBILE HCI 6

Mobile Ecosystem: Platforms, Application frameworks - Types of Mobile Applications: Widgets,
Applications, Games - Mobile Information Architecture, Mobile Design: Elements of Mobile Design,
Tools, Mobile 2.0.
UNIT V WEB INTERFACE DESIGN 6

Designing Web Interfaces – Drag & Drop, Direct Selection, Contextual Tools, Overlays, Inlays and Virtual
Pages, Process Flow.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Design a system based on a user-centered approach.
2. Design the existing GUI with screen complexity.
3. Design web user interface based on Gestalt theory.
4. Implementation of various kinds of menus.
5. Implementation of various kinds of windows.
6. Implementation of various kinds of icons.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXTBOOK:
1. Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Gregory Abowd, Russell Beale, “Human Computer Interaction”, 3rd
REFERENCES:
1. Brian Fling, “Mobile Design and Development”, First Edition , O‟Reilly Media Inc., 2009.
2. Bill Scott and Theresa Neil, “Designing Web Interfaces”, First Edition, O‟Reilly, 2009.
3. Ben Shneiderman, Designing for Effective Human/Computer Interaction, Pearson, 2010.
4. Jenifer Tidwell, Designing Interfaces, Second Edition, O′Reilly publishers, 2011.
5. David Benyon, Designing Interactive Systems: A Comprehensive Guide to HCI, UX and
Interaction Design, Third Edition, Pearson, 2013.
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Design effective dialog for HCI.
2. Design effective HCI for individuals and persons with disabilities.
3. Assess the importance of user feedback.
4. Explain the HCI implications for designing multimedia/ ecommerce/ e-learning Web sites.
5. Develop meaningful user interface.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 1 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 2 1 2
CO3 1 1 2 1 1 1 1
CO4 2 1 2 1 2 1
CO5 2 1 1 1 1 3
UIT2825 FINTECH SECURITY 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
1. To give awareness on foundational technologies in FinTech
2. To understand the Encryption methods and key management in FinTech.
3. To understand the security and privacy in FinTech
4. To analyze the limits, technology risks, security policies and social implications of FinTech
5. To learn about case studies on cyber-crimes, frauds and regulations to mitigate risks
Introduction - FinTech opportunity to improve the financial systems, Fintech – Financing: Crowd Funding,
Credit & Factoring, Asset Management: Social trading, Investment and Banking, Payments, Other Fintech:
Insurance, Technology and Infrastructure: Commercial Banking, Core Banking, Internet and Mobile Banking,
Customer - Centric Banking, Blockchains – Cryptocurrencies.
UNIT II ENCRYPTION AND INFORMATION SECURITY 6

Symmetric key Encryption – DES, AES, Triple-DES, Public Key Cryptography – Elliptic Curve
Cryptography, RSA, Two Fish, Blow Fish, Cryptography in Banking – ATM, Credit/Debit card, Mobile
Banking security, Key Management – Key distribution techniques in FinTech.
UNIT III SECURITY AND PRIVACY IN BANKING 6

Security and privacy in Fintech: Issues, threats and risks, Physical Security – Human resources, Data center
and Physical asset management, Access control, Authentication, Authorization, Data Security – Data usage
protection, Data processing security in Fintech, Data Privacy, Fraud detection in FinTech.
UNIT IV RISK MANAGEMENT IN FINTECH 6

Technological risks on IVR, ATM, Card Management, Internet and Mobile Banking, Data based security
Risks in FinTech, Cloud based security risks, Risk detection, Risk reduction and prevention tools and methods
in Fintech, Cyber risks.
UNIT V FRAUD, CRIMES AND REGULATIONS 6

Introduction to Fraud, Crimes and Security, Cyber Security issues: case studies on Human, data and
technology related attacks, impacts of crimes, Digital forensics and Electronic Evidence discovery process,
Indian model law on E-Commerce and FinTech – e-KYC, InsurTech, Prevention of Money Laundering Act
(PMLA), Payment and Settlement Systems (PSS) Act, Guidelines for FinTech – NPCI, NBFC, GDPR.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
1. Implementation of symmetric key cryptography for Fintech security
2. Implementation of public key cryptography for Fintech security
3. Role based access control
4. Secure application logic
• OTP
• Mandatory password change
• Monitoring
• Short login-session
• Adaptive authentication
5. DevSecOps
• Using tools – OWASP
6. Blockchain implementation and cryptocurrency demonstration
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. Kannan Subramanian and Chithra Selvaraj, “Bank of the future – Minimise Technology risk,
Maximise Business Return, Wolters Kluwer publication, 2018.
2. Allen N. Berger, Philip Molyneux and John O.S. Wilson – The Oxford Handbook of Banking, 3rd
Edition.
REFERENCES:
1. J.W. Rittiaghouse and William M. Hancok, “Cyber Security Operations Handbook”, Elsevier.
2. William Stallings, “Cryptography and Network Security Principles and Practice Fourth Edition”,
Pearson Education
COURSE OUTCOMES:
On successful completion of this module, students should be able to:
1. Define all areas of FinTech
2. Understand the challenges and opportunities in various financial applications.
3. Analyze the risks related to FinTech and to pinpoint the areas where modernization is still required
4. Understand the linkage between certain technologies and regulations
5. Analyze the fintech regulations related to cyber use and cyber-crimes in financial institutions.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 2 1 2 2 2
CO2 2 1 2 3 3 2 1 2
CO3 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 2
CO4 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 1 2
CO5 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 2

UIT2826 MOBILE AUTONOMOUS ROBOTS 2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To introduce and compare different robotic systems that navigate independently in complex
environments.
• To develop knowledge on basic sensor systems related to state measurements, navigation and
localization.
• To study computer vision perception and learn sensors for environment perception.
• To understand mobile robot locomotion, kinematics, probabilistic map based localization.
UNIT I ROBOT LOCOMOTION 6

Introduction to AI and Robotics – robot locomotion – legged mobile robots – wheeled mobile robots –
aerial mobile robots.
UNIT II MOBILE ROBOT KINEMATICS 6

Kinematic models and constraints – mobile robot maneuverability – mobile robot workspace – advanced
kinematics – motion control.
UNIT III ROBOT PERCEPTION 6

Sensors for mobile robots – computer vision for robots – image processing for robotics – place recognition
– range data.
UNIT IV MOBILE ROBOT LOCALIZATION 6

Introduction to localization – noise and aliasing – localization-based navigation – belief representation –
map representation – probabilistic map-based localization – autonomous map building.
UNIT V ROBOT PLANNING AND NAVIGATION 6
Planning and navigation – planning and reacting – path planning – obstacle avoidance – navigation
architectures.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
1.Mobile object detection.
2.Application to perceive the environment.
3.Decision-based actions around obstacles.
4.Motion planning and navigation schemes for mobile robots.
5.Implementation of kinematics for mobile robots
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOK:
1. R. Siegwart, I. R. Nourbaksh, and D. Scarramuzza, “Introduction to Autonomous Mobile
Robots”, Second Edition, MIT Press, 2011.
REFERENCES:
1. Stuart Russel and Peter Norvig, “Artificial Intelligence: A Modern Approach”, Fourth Edition,
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Understand and analysis algorithmic approaches, compare the mathematical models on various
mobile robots.
2. Address several key challenges in localization, and mapping, and find research issues in visual
object detection.
3. Develop knowledge on motion planning and navigation schemes for mobile robots
4. Apply and implement path planning and kinematics for mobile robots.
5. Plan and design mobile robots that act autonomously for practical applications.
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3
CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO4 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
CO5 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

USER EXPERIENCE AND INTERACTION DESIGN
UIT2827 FOR AR/VR/MR/XR
2 0 2 3
OBJECTIVES:
• To learn the basics of UX design, research, and Interaction design
• To Understand UX data flows
• To Understand UX prototyping
• To Understand UX design for Muti devices
UNIT I INTRODUCTION TO UX DESIGN, UX RESEARCH 6
Introduction: What is UX?, Benefits, Alternatives, Specialist Vs Genaralist, Types, Tools. UX Research-
Overview: Usability testing, interviewing, Card sorts, eye tracking, multivariate testing, A/B testing,
surveys, personas, workshops. Types: qualitative vs quantitative research, behavioral vs attitudinal
research, moderated vs unmoderated research. Environmental factors:agile vs waterfall, in-house vs
agency, product stage, research goal. Methodology, Analysis, and Results
UNIT II DATA FLOW 6

User data analysis: getting data, observing users, experience mapping, setting goals, developing metrics.
Personas: Definition, Benefits, creation, data-driven personas. Ideation: Definition, Benefits, Techniques.
Scenarios and Storyboards: Uses, Creating scenarios, Creating storyboards. Paper Prototyping: Definition,
benefits, creation, user testing. Implementation Planning: The need, story mapping.
UNIT III PROTOTYPING 6

Fundamentals: Definition, benefits, factors, guidelines. Fidelity: Overview, Low and High Fidelity.
prototyping, prototype testing and evaluation. Tools: Introduction, techniques, use case, POP, Moqups,
InVision, Keynote, Axure.
UNIT IV MUTIDEVICE DESIGN 6

Overview: Principles, Context of use, responsive design, hybrid apps, native apps. Factors: mobile/tablet
interfaces, watch interface,TV interface, voice design, The 3Cs. Planning: user flow across devices, scalable
interaction model. Frameworks and guidelines: Bootstrap, Foundation, Wordpress, Material design, iOS
human interface guidelines.
UNIT V INTERACTION DESIGN 6

Definition, psychology, overview, model, dimensions, structure, flow, interface, design patterns, anti-
patterns, dark patterns, navigation structure and systems, content, inputs, gestures, voices, sensors,
microinteractions, motion, sound, haptics, error handling, usability and accessibility.
THEORY: 30 HOURS
LAB COMPONENT:
1. Study of different tools used in AR/XR/VR technologies.
2. Study of different services offered in AR/VR/XR/MR technologies.
3. VR based job training system.
4. Unity and Vuforia to augment an object.
5. Object based AR.
6. Virtual College Tour.
PRACTICAL: 30 HOURS
TOTAL: 60 HOURS
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Don Norman, "The Design of Everyday Things", Basic Books, Revised edition, 2013
2. Russ Unger, Carolyn Chandler, "A Project Guide to UX Design: For User Experience Designers in
the Field or in the Making", New Riders Pub, 1st edition, 2009
3. Elizabeth Goodman, Mike Kuniavsky, Andrea Moed, "Observing the User Experience: A
Practitioner's Guide to User Research", Morgan Kaufmann, 2nd edition, 2012
4. Ben Coleman, Dan Goodwin, "Designing UX: Prototyping", SitePoint, 1st edition, 2017
5. Michal Levin, "Designing Multi-Device Experiences: An Ecosystem Approach to User Experiences
across Devices", O'Reilly Media, 1st edition, 2014
REFERENCES:
1. https://www.nngroup.com/
2. https://careerfoundry.com/en/blog/ux-design/what-is-user-experience-ux-design-everything-you-
need-to-know-to-get-started/
3. https://www.uxbooth.com/articles/complete-beginners-guide-to-design-research/
4. https://www.uxmatters.com/mt/archives/2015/09/ux-generalists-or-specialists.php
5. https://www.playbookux.com/what-type-of-qualitative-ux-research-method-should-i-run/
6. Bill Scott, Theresa Neil, "Designing Web Interfaces: Principles and Patterns for Rich Interactions",
O'Reilly Media, 1st edition. 2009
7. Alan Cooper, Robert Reimann, David Cronin, Christopher Noessel, "About Face: The Essentials of
Interaction Design", Wiley, 4th edition, 2014
8. Bill Moggridge, "Designing Interactions", MIT Press, 1st edition, 2007
9. Stephen P. Anderson, "Seductive Interaction Design: Creating Playful, Fun, and Effective User
Experiences", New Riders Pub, 1st edition, 2011
10.Claire Rowland, Elizabeth Goodman, Martin Charlier, Ann Light, Alfred Lui, "Designing
Connected Products: UX for the Consumer Internet of Things",
O'Reilly Media, 1st edition, 2015
COURSE OUTCOMES:
1. Learn, Understand and Apply user centered Design principles
2. Design Digital Experiences across devices and platforms
3. Build UX portfolios
4. Use Interaction Design skills to Explore, Test, and Validate your design decisions
COs POs PSOs

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2
CO1 1 2 1 1 1
CO2 2 1 1 1 3 1
CO3 1 1 1 1 2 2
CO4 1 1 1 2 1 1
LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES OFFERED BY OTHER DEPARTMENTS
OPEN ELECTIVE I (SEMESTER VI)
SL.N DEPARTMENT COURSE

COURSE TITLE L T P C
O OFFERING CODE
1 UEE2041 Autonomous Vehicles 3 0 0 3

2 EEE UEE2042 Sensors and Instrumentation 3 0 0 3
3 UEE2043 Energy Management 3 0 0 3
6 UCS2041 Introduction to Data Structures 2 0 2 3
Object Oriented Programming

7 UCS2042 2 0 2 3
CSE Techniques
Problem Solving and Programming

8 UCS2043 2 0 2 3
in C
Foundation course on Digital

9 UEC2041 3 0 0 3
Signal Processing
UEC2042 Introduction to Communication

10 3 0 0 3
systems
ECE
11 UEC2043 Development of Nano sensors 3 0 0 3
12 UEC2044 Introduction to Internet of Things 3 0 0 3
UEC2045 Introduction to Sensors and

13 3 0 0 3
Actuators
Principles of Biomedical
14 UBM2041 3 0 0 3
Instrumentation
Materials for Biomedical
15 BME UBM2042 3 0 0 3
Applications
Hospital planning and Waste

16 UBM2043 3 0 0 3
Management
17 UCH2041 e-Waste Management 3 0 0 3
18 Chemical UCH2042 Nanoscience for Engineers 3 0 0 3

19 UCH2043 Sustainable Development 3 0 0 3
20 UME2041 Six Sigma Data analysis 2 0 2 3
21 Mechanical UME2042 Product Engineering 3 0 0 3
22 UME2043 Operations Management 3 0 0 3
23 UCE2041 Green Building Design 3 0 0 3
24 UCE2042 Sustainable Infrastructure 3 0 0 3

Civil Integrated Water Resource
25 UCE2043 3 0 0 3
Management
26 UCE2044 Environmental Impact Assessment 3 0 0 3

27 PBA2041 Entrepreneurship 3 0 0 3
Supply Chain and Logistics

28 MBA PBA2042 3 0 0 3
Management
29 PBA2043 Design Thinking 2 0 2 3
30 UMA2041 Graph Theory and Applications 3 0 0 3
UMA2042 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3 0 0 3

Mathematics
Numerical Methods for
UMA2043 3 0 0 3
Engineering
31 Nanotechnology and Imaging

UPH2042
32 Techniques 3 0 0 3
Physics
Crystal growth and Radiation
33 UPH2044 3 0 0 3
detection Measurements
34 UEN2041 English for Career needs 2 0 2 3
35 UEN2042 Word power for Academic needs 2 0 2 3

English
Writing skills for university
36 UEN2043 2 0 2 3
admission
OPEN ELECTIVE II (SEMESTER VIII)
SL. DEPARTMENT COURSE

COURSE TITLE L T P C
NO OFFERING CODE
1 UEE2044 Cyber Security in Smart Grid 3 0 0 3
FEA and CAD for Electromagnetic

2 EEE UEE2045 3 0 0 3
design
3 UEE2046 Renewable Energy Systems 3 0 0 3
7 UCS2044 Introduction to Big Data Analytics 2 0 2 3
8 CSE UCS2045 Machine Learning Applications 2 0 2 3
9 UCS2046 Web Technology 2 0 2 3
10 UEC2046 Foundations of Cryptography 3 0 0 3

11 UEC2047 Introduction to Wireless Networks 3 0 0 3
12 UEC2048 Introduction to Microcontrollers 3 0 0 3
13 ECE UEC2049 Consumer Electronics 3 0 0 3
UEC2051 Introduction to Bio

14 3 0 0 3
electromagnetics
UEC2052 Machine learning for signal and

15 3 0 0 3
image processing
16 UBM2044 Brain Machine Interface 3 0 0 3

17 BME UBM2045 Biomedical Physics 3 0 0 3
18 UBM2046 Telehealth Technology 3 0 0 3
19 UCH2044 Industrial Safety 3 0 0 3

Industrial Waste Management and
20 Chemical UCH2045 3 0 0 3
Audit
21 UCH2046 Energy Conservation and Audit 3 0 0 3
22 UME2044 Enterprise Resource Planning 3 0 0 3
23 UME2045 Project Management and Planning 3 0 0 3

Mechanical
Introduction to Industrial
24 UME2046 3 0 0 3
Engineering
Experimental Techniques and

25 UCE2045 3 0 0 3
Instrumentation
Air Pollution and Control

26 Civil UCE2046 3 0 0 3
Engineering
27 UCE2047 Remote Sensing and GIS 3 0 0 3
UCE2048 Environmental Geo-technology 3 0 0 3
28 MBA PBA2044 Innovation and Creativity 3 0 0 3

29 PBA2045 Intellectual Property Rights 3 0 0 3
Random Variables and Partial

30 Mathematics UMA2044 2 1 0 3
Differential Equations
Optical and luminescence

31 UPH2041 3 0 0 3
characteristics of materials
Physics
UPH2046 Nanoscience and nanomaterials 3 0 0 3
32 UPH2047 Astrophysics 3 0 0 3
33 UEN2044 Creative writing 2 1 0 3
English
34 UEN2045 Introduction to Children's literature 2 0 2 3

sylabi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

sylabi

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

sylabi

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Sri Sivasubramaniya Nadar College of Engineering

(An Autonomous Institution, Affiliated to Anna University, Chennai)

Curriculum and Syllabi for

Department of Information Technology

VISION of the Institute

MISSION of the Institute

1. Make a positive difference to society through education.

VISION of the Department

To be an outstanding center for IT education and research for betterment of society.

MISSION of the Department

1. Impart sound knowledge of IT domains to the students.

Graduates of the B.Tech. Information Technology program will be able to

PEO3: Function in multi-disciplinary teams, by creatively solving problems and communicating

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs)

PO1. Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

PO10. Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

PROGRAM SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

PEOs Mapping with POS and PSOs

Probability and Statistics 2.5 2 1.66 1 2 3

Total No of Credits: 162

HSMC – Electives –Management (V semester)

Professional Elective I (V semester)

Professional Elective III (VII semester)

Professional Elective IV (VII semester)

Professional Elective VI (VIII semester)

I. Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning

II. Internet of Things

III. Data Management and Analysis

IV. Engineering Scalable Systems

VI. Augmented/Virtual/Mixed/Extended Reality

• To enhance competence in reading comprehension for Science and Technology.

UNIT 1 BASICS OF COMMUNICATION 9

UNIT 2 MAKING PRESENTATIONS 9

Reading: Comprehension of longer texts–(Interpretative and Critical levels

Speaking: Making technical presentations

UNIT 3 LISTENING TO SPEAK 9

Vocabulary development: Compound words, Formal and informal vocabulary,

Listening: Listening to longer technical talks and discussion

Speaking: Demonstrating working mechanisms

Speaking: Participating in group discussions

UNIT5 PROFESSIONAL NEEDS 9

Vocabulary development: Single-word substitutes, Vocabulary retention strategies,

• Praveen Sam,D.and Shoba N,A., Course in Technical English, Cambridge University

At the end of this course, students will be able,

CO 1: To read and comprehend texts (technical)effectively.

COURSE CODE COURSE TITLE L T P C

The objective of this course is to enable the student to

UNIT II SEQUENCES AND SERIES 12

UNIT III APPLICATIONS OF DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS 12

UNIT IV FUNCTIONS OF SEVERAL VARIABLES 12

UNIT V MULTIPLE INTEGRALS 12

COURSECODE COURSE TITLE L T P C

UPH 2176 ENGINEERING PHYSICS

UNIT I CRYSTAL PHYSICS 9

UNIT III ACOUSTICS AND ULTRASONICS 9

UNIT IV QUANTUM PHYSICS 9

UNIT V PHOTONICS AND FIBRE OPTICS 9

Course Code & Name: PO’s

Analyze crystal structures and the

Explain quantum mechanical theories